Aotea Station Main Construction Works Outline Plan CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-RPT-800002
Revision 001 Date: 8 May 2020
Page 1
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Outline Plan CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-RPT-800002 This document is uncontrolled when printed. This document should be printed in colour
Revision Status Revision
Issue Date
Major Changes
Changed By
Approved By
000
11/03/2020
For issue
Craig Mathieson
Richard Jenkins
001
08/05/2020
Auckland Council Approval
Approval Status Name/Title
Signature
Date
Prepared by:
Craig Mathieson Planner – Link Alliance
11/03/2020
Reviewed by:
Alisdair Simpson Senior Planner – Link Alliance
11/03/2020
Controlled by:
Peter Roan Consents Lead – Link Alliance
11/03/2020
Approved by:
Richard Jenkins Principal Planner – City Rail Link Limited
11/03/2020
Page 2
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Table of contents 1. Introduction ................................................................................................ 8 1.1
Purpose ............................................................................................................................. 8
1.2
City Rail Link Project .......................................................................................................... 8
1.3
Overview of Works ............................................................................................................ 9
1.4
Requiring Authority ......................................................................................................... 12
1.5
Existing Resource Management Approvals ...................................................................... 12 Designation 2500-1 .................................................................................................. 12 Regional Resource Consents ..................................................................................... 12 Consents under National Environmental Standards .................................................. 12 Aotea Stage 1-3 and Stage 4 and 5 early works ......................................................... 12
1.6
Requiring Authority and Site Details ............................................................................... 13
1.7
Delivery Work Plans and Management Plans .................................................................. 13 Plans not included in this Outline Plan ...................................................................... 15
2. Statutory Framework ................................................................................ 15 2.1
Section 176A RMA – Outline Plan Requirements............................................................. 15
2.2
Designation Conditions.................................................................................................... 16
3. Site Description ......................................................................................... 18 3.1
Site Details....................................................................................................................... 18
4. Description of the Aotea Main Construction Works ................................. 19 4.1
Proposed works ............................................................................................................... 19
4.2
Construction Methodology and Staging .......................................................................... 20 Aotea Station Foundation Works .............................................................................. 20 Aotea Station Construction ....................................................................................... 21 Aotea Station MEFH installation and structural fitout ............................................... 21 Operation of Construction Support Area ................................................................... 21
4.3
Project Programme.......................................................................................................... 21
4.4
Hours of Operation .......................................................................................................... 21
5. Outline Plan Requirements ....................................................................... 22
Page 3
5.1
Height, Shape and Bulk of the Works .............................................................................. 22
5.2
Location of the Works on the Site ................................................................................... 24
5.3
Likely Finished Contour of the Site .................................................................................. 24
5.4
Vehicular Access, Circulation and Parking ....................................................................... 24
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan 5.5
Proposed Landscaping ..................................................................................................... 26
6. Other Matters to Avoid, Remedy, or Mitigate Adverse Effects ................ 27 6.1
Effects of Construction Noise and Vibration .................................................................... 27 Description ............................................................................................................... 27 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 27 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 27
6.2
Effects on Archaeology .................................................................................................... 28 Description ............................................................................................................... 28 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 28 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 28
6.3
Effects on Built Heritage .................................................................................................. 29 Description ............................................................................................................... 29 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 29 Mitigation................................................................................................................. 29
6.4
Effects of Earthworks....................................................................................................... 29 Description ............................................................................................................... 29 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 30 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 30
6.5
Effects from Contaminated Land ..................................................................................... 30 Description ............................................................................................................... 30 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 30 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 30
6.6
Effects on network utilities .............................................................................................. 31 Description ............................................................................................................... 31 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 31 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 31
6.7
Effects on Air Quality ....................................................................................................... 31 Description ............................................................................................................... 31 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 31 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 31
6.8
Social Impact and Business Disruption ............................................................................ 32 Description ............................................................................................................... 32 Potential Effects ....................................................................................................... 32 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 32
6.9 Page 4
Effects on Trees and Vegetation ...................................................................................... 32
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan Description ............................................................................................................... 32 Mitigation Measures ................................................................................................ 33 6.10 Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 33
7. Consultation .............................................................................................. 33 Appendix A: Planning Maps ............................................................................ 35 Appendix B: CRL Designation Conditions ........................................................ 36 Appendix C: Auckland to North Auckland Line (A2N) Regional Consent Conditions ....................................................................................................... 37 Appendix D: Site Layout Plans ........................................................................ 38 Appendix E: Construction Environmental Management Plan ......................... 39 Appendix F: Aotea Station Indicative Drawings .............................................. 40
Page 5
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Glossary Term
Definition
Aotea Station works
These works include all works undertaken for Aotea Station, i.e. the early works (Phase 1 and 2), the main works (Phase 3, 4 and 5) and the street scape and urban design works (Phase 6). Refer to section (refer to section 1.1 of the CEMP).
Aotea main construction works
These works relate to the piling and diaphragm wall installation, the construction of the Aotea Station tunnel box, running tunnels and entrance structures, structural fitout and MEFH installation. These works refer to Phase 3, 4 and 5 of the Aotea Station works and will commence after completion of the early works and before the streetscape and public realm reinstatement works.
AQ DWP
Air Quality Delivery Work Plan, also Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
AUP(OP)
Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)
bgl
below ground level
Bluestone Wall
Constructed in 1881 and scheduled under the Auckland Unitary Plan (ID 01906), the Bluestone Wall will be carefully recorded, temporarily removed and reinstated for the Aotea main construction works...
CLG (or CBLG)
Community and Business Liaison Groups
CCP
Communication and Consultation Plan
CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
CDWP
Contamination Delivery Work Plan, also refers to Contaminated Soils Management Plan
CNV DWP
Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Construction Contractor
Also referred to as Link Alliance
CRL
City Rail Link
CRLL
City Rail Link Limited
CSA
Construction Support Area
D-Wall
Diaphragm wall
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
Early works
These works are being undertaken prior to the main works. Detail of these works is provided in the CEMP. These works are also referred to as Phase 1 (utility works stage 1, 2, 3, 4) and Phase 2 (enabling works / establishment) of the Aotea Station works.
ESCP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
FTMP
Flocculant Treatment Management Plan
GSMCP
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
HC DWP
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan
HNZPT
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga
IPRP
Independent Peer Review Panel
IS
Infrastructure Sustainability
ISCA
Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia
Page 6
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Term
Definition
ITA EMP
Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan
Link Alliance
Construction Contractor
MEFH
Mechanical, Electrical, Fire and Hydraulic
MP
Management Plan
NAL
North Auckland Rail Line
NES Soil
Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011
NUO
Network Utility Operator
OPW
Outline Plan
Phase
Refers to Aotea Station works construction phases.
Plenum
Refers to a separate space provided for air circulation for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (sometimes referred to as HVAC) and typically provided in the space between the structural ceiling and a drop-down ceiling.
Project
Refers to CRL project as a whole
RMA
Resource Management Act 1991
SCS
Soil Contaminant Standards
SIBD DWP
Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
SSCNMP
Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan
SSCVMP
Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan
SSCNVMP
Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
Stage
Refers to Traffic Management Stage (as per TAP DWP and TAP Staging drawings associated)
Station
Aotea Station
Station box
Box-like underground structure for railway station
Sub-plans, suite of plans, DWP, MPs
Referring to sub-plans throughout the documents. These plans include all Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) which are supporting documents to the CEMP. All DWP/MPs are listed in section 1.7 of this Outline Plan.
TAP DWP
Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
TBM
Tunnel Boring Machine
TV DWP
Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
UD DWP
Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
Victoria Street entrance structure(s)
Refers to the internal and external structural fitout of the two above-ground entrance buildings located on Victoria Street
Wellesley Street entrance structure
Refers to the internal and external structural fitout of the above-ground main station entrance building located on Wellesley Street.
Page 7
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
1. Introduction 1.1 Purpose This Outline Plan relates to the City Rail Link (CRL) ‘Aotea main construction works’ located primarily beneath the Albert Street corridor, extending from Wyndham Street in the north to Mayoral Drive in the south. The Aotea main construction works will involve construction of a 380m long underground station box, mined tunnels for the rail tracks, the structural fitout of the Aotea Station, internal and architectural finishings, and Mechanical, Electrical, Fire and Hydraulic (MEFH) installation. The works are authorised and provided for by CRL Designation 2500-1 in the Auckland Unitary Plan Operative in Part (AUP), for which City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) is the requiring authority. The site layout plans located in Appendix D show the designation boundary.
1.2 City Rail Link Project The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4km twin-tunnel underground passenger railway up to 42m below the Auckland city centre. It will transform the downtown Britomart Station into a two-way through-station that better connects Auckland’s rail network, allowing it to double in capacity. Two new stations will be constructed (Aotea and Karangahape) and Mount Eden Station will be redeveloped. Figure 1-1 below shows the alignment of the CRL between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Line at Mt Eden. Figure 1-1 Alignment of CRL
Page 8
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
1.3 Overview of Works The Aotea Station will connect the CRL rail tunnels that have already been constructed in lower Albert Street and the bored tunnels to be constructed to the south. The construction of the station box and underground running tunnels comprises an area approximately 380m long by 18m wide and will be excavated around 18-20m below the existing ground level. Once completed, the Aotea Station will include platforms, lifts, escalators, rooms for housing station and tunnel services equipment, an entrance building at Wellesley Street, two additional entrance buildings at Victoria Street, a Plenum (for above ground ventilation) at Kingston Street, services, internal and architectural finishings, structural fittings, utilities services diversions and connections. An overview of the Aotea Station is provided in Figure 1-2. The Main Station Structure at Wellesley Street will be located near Aotea Square and is designed to support a future Over Station Development1 of up to 24 storeys high.
1
Auckland Transport (AT) has obtained a resource consent for an Over Station Development (OSD) on the Bledisloe Car Park site (Council Reference R/LUC/2016/2647). The proposal involves the construction of a 24-level building comprising offices, retail and food and beverage tenancies, and public features including a plaza and a through site link. The proposed OSD is not part of the Link Alliance contract and will be progressed separately by Auckland Council. Page 9 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Figure 1-2 Indicative Aotea Station indicating length of underground station box with the associated above-ground Wellesley Street entrance structure, entrance structures at Victoria Street and the Kingston Street Plenum.
Page 10
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan The Aotea main construction works involve three main phases of work. Each phase of work involves multiple construction activities which will be undertaken throughout the Aotea site. The three phases associated with the Aotea main construction works involve: • • •
Foundation works to form the perimeter walls of the station box and underground running tunnels. This involves diaphragm wall construction, roof construction, piling and jet grouting; Construction of the Aotea Station platforms, main station structure, concourse, Victoria Street entrance structures and Kingston Street plenum, and; Structural fitout of the Aotea Station including MEFH installation, and internal and architectural finishings.
The works require the operation of a Construction Support Area (CSA) within the Bledisloe House car park site and a portion of Mayoral Drive. Equipment used to undertake these works will be predominantly situated in the CSA. Upon completion of the main works, the area will be repurposed in preparation for public realm reinstatement works (an Urban Design DWP will be submitted separately for the public realm reinstatement)2. The methodology for the construction of the Aotea Station is predominantly based on a ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’ approach. The ‘top down’ approach relates to the southern end of Albert Street (south of Durham Street) and involves the installation of the ‘roof structure’ early on, which enables a limited number of traffic lanes to operate concurrently with the construction of the station, which occurs beneath. This approach reduces the construction effects on traffic flow within the city centre. The tunnel alignment on the northern end of Albert Street (north of Durham Street) will be constructed using a ‘bottom up’ methodology. A detailed description of the Aotea main construction works is included in the CEMP and includes; • • •
an overview of the works including indicative timeframes in Table 2-1. the construction sequencing, including equipment and earthworks volumes for the works in Table 2-2. further detail of the CSA in Section 2.6.2 of the CEMP. Site layout plans indicating the staging of the construction activities and proposed layout of the CSA is provided as Appendix D.
During phase 4 of the works (approximately between September 2020 and December 2020), the Bluestone Wall will be deconstructed to accommodate the construction of the station. Once the necessary station works are complete, the Bluestone Wall will be reconstructed (approximately between July 2022 and November 2022). A Bluestone Wall Management Plan (Bluestone Wall MP) will be prepared, in accordance with designation condition 45 to address how the deconstruction and reconstruction of the Bluestone Wall will be managed. The Bluestone Wall MP will be certified by the Heritage Advisory Group (HAG) and provided to Auckland Council prior to any works commencing with the Bluestone Wall.
2
The Aotea Urban Design DWP will require preparation of a separate Outline Plan and suite of DWPs, describing the finishings and other permanent above ground public realm (streetscape) reinstatements. This future Outline Plan package will address the relevant Urban Design related designation conditions (condition 47 – 54, including landscaping (condition 55.3(c))). Page 11 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
1.4 Requiring Authority CRLL is the requiring authority for CRL “for the construction, operation, maintenance, replacement, upgrade and improvement of its network utility operation, which is the City Rail Link in Auckland and its associated and ancillary structures, works and activities.”3
1.5 Existing Resource Management Approvals Designation 2500-1 Table 1-1 Designation 2500 Details
Designation 2500 - City Rail Link Requiring Authority City Rail Link Limited Location Various Locations Lapse Date Given effect to (i.e. no lapse date) Purpose City Rail Link
The CRL is provided for by six separate designations (2500-1 to 2500-6) in the AUP, with the proposed Aotea main construction works being located within Designation 2500-1. Designation 2500-1 (hereafter referred to as “the Designation”) is a “surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and Aotea Station4”. The conditions relating to the Designation are provided in Appendix B and addressed further in Section 2.2.
Regional Resource Consents A suite of regional resource consents (known as the Aotea to North Auckland Line (“A2N”) consents) provides for the construction of CRL between Wyndham Street in the City Centre and Mt Eden (attached at Appendix B). It is noted that the relevant resource consent conditions are not addressed as part of this Outline Plan, other than by way of inclusion of relevant management plans that are required by both the designation and resource consent conditions (refer to Section 1.7 below).
Consents under National Environmental Standards The A2N consents include consent under the Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to protect Human Health) Regulations 2011 (NES Soil).
Aotea Stage 1-3 and Stage 4 and 5 early works The Aotea Stages 1-3 and Stages 4 and 5 early works packages were the subject of separate Outline Plans (Council ref. OPW60345651 and OPW60348747).
3
https://gazette.govt.nz/notice/id/2017-go4110
4
Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part) – 2500 City Rail Link
Page 12
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan The Stage 1-3 works involve utility relocations and tree removals. The Stage 4 and 5 works also involve utility relocations and tree removals, as well as canopy removals and the establishment of the CSA in the Bledisloe House car park. These early works have already commenced.
1.6 Requiring Authority and Site Details Table 1-2 below provides the details of the requiring authority and sites for the Aotea main construction works. Table 1-2: Requiring authority and property details- CRL Designation
Requiring Authority Site information
Relevant Plans Designation reference Underlying zoning Address for service
City Rail Link Limited Address Wyndham Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, Durham Lane, Victoria Street, Wellesley Street, Mayoral Drive 2 Mayoral Drive
Legal Description Road Reserve
Lot 19 Deposited Plan 21520 30 Wellesley Street West, 4-10 Lot 15, 18, 23-25 Mayoral Drive Deposited Plan 21520 and Part Lot 21 Deposited Plan 21520 No address (Mayoral Drive) Allotment 26-27 Section 31 City of Auckland No Address (Mayoral Drive) Section 1 Survey Office Plan 54203 Auckland Unitary Plan Operative in part (AUP) CRL designation – 2500-1
CT Number n/a
NA485/235 NA1589/36
NA1193/78
NA75B/323
Business – City Centre Zone, Road Reserve City Rail Link Limited Attention: Phone: Email:
Richard Jenkins – Principal Planner 021 870 124 richard.jenkins@cityraillink.govt.nz
Relevant planning maps are attached at Appendix A.
1.7 Delivery Work Plans and Management Plans This Outline Plan has been prepared by the Link Alliance on behalf of CRLL, in accordance with section 176A of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) and Designation Condition 10. As required by Condition 10.1 of Designation 2500-1, this Outline Plan includes: • • •
5
a Communication and Consultation Plan; a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); and a suite of Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) that sit as sub-plans to the CEMP5.
The CEMP also contains two Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) which are required under the A2N consents but not under the designation (refer Table 1-3). These plans (ESCP, GSMCP and ITA EMP) are submitted to the Council for certification and do not form part of the Outline Plan. Page 13 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan The CEMP and sub-plans that form part of this Outline Plan are shown in Table 1-3, along with reference to the specific designation and resource consent conditions that set out the requirements for the individual plans. It is noted some plans are required by both designation and resource consent conditions (refer to Table 1-3), in which case, a single plan has been produced to address all relevant designation and consent requirements. All works will be carried out in accordance with this Outline Plan, CEMP and DWPs as required by the designation conditions. The Outline Plan, CEMP and sub-plans will be held on site and made available for viewing by Link Alliance personnel They will also be available publicly on the official CRL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/consents-environmental-management). Table 1-3 CEMP and sub-plans that form part of this Outline Plan
Plan6
Relevant Conditions CRL Designation
Resource consents
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) – Appendix E to this Outline Plan
C 20-21
C 35
Transport, Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) – Appendix K of the CEMP
C 25
-
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP (CNV DWP) (including Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs)) – Appendix L of the CEMP
C 36
-
Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) – Appendix F of the CEMP
C 61
-
Historic Character DWP comprising of; Archaeology Section - Appendix N of the CEMP; and Built Heritage Section - Appendix M of the CEMP
C 41, 42
-
Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (ITA EMP) – Appendix Q of the CEMP
-
C 159
Contamination DWP / Contaminated Soils Management Plan – Appendix O of the CEMP
C 57
C 131
Air Quality DWP / Air Quality Management Plan – Appendix I of the CEMP
C 59
C 222
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP), including Flocculant Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) – Appendix H to the CEMP
-
C 53, 59
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) – Appendix P of the CEMP
-
C 97
Communication and Consultation Plan – Appendix G to the CEMP
C 15
C 25
The Plans listed in Table 1-3 have been reviewed by the Aotea Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) (refer to Section 7 of this Outline Plan) and Independent Peer Review Panel (with the exception of the ESCP and associated FTMP, ITA EMP and GSMCP, which are required under the A2N consents). In accordance with Designation Condition 10.2, the CEMP and sub-plans clearly document the comments and inputs received during this process along with a clear explanation of where comments or recommendations have been incorporated in the plans, or where they have not been incorporated, the reasons for this.
6
An Urban Design DWP (designation Condition 47) and Public Art DWP (designation condition 56) are not required with this Outline Plan as they are not triggered by the main works. Page 14 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan All works undertaken as part of the Aotea main construction works will be carried out in general accordance with this Outline Plan and supporting documents listed in Table 1-3 as required by designation Condition 10.6.
Plans not included in this Outline Plan The following plans are not included as part of this Outline Plan, for the reasons set out in Table 1-4 below: Table 1-4 Plans not provided
Sub-plan / Condition
Reason not included
Urban Design DWP (Conditions 47 - 54)
A future Outline Plan will be prepared to address the reinstatement of the Albert Street public realm (streetscape) on completion of the Aotea main construction works. This future Outline Plan will include an Urban Design DWP and will include detail of the proposed architecture and urban design elements to be delivered in accordance with urban design and associated mana whenua principles, as specified in the designation conditions (47-54) and landscaping in accordance with condition 55.3(c).
Designation 2500-1
Public Art DWP (Condition 56) Designation 2500-1 Bluestone Wall Management Plan (Condition 45) Designation 2500-1
The public art work (Matahorua Anchor and Tanui Anchor) identified in designation Condition 56 is located at the northern end of Bledisloe House. This art work is close to the area of the Aotea main works, however is of sufficient distance not to be adversely impacted by construction activities. As such there is no requirement for a Public Art DWP. Excavation is required behind and below the Bluestone Wall (scheduled in the AUP(OP) as a Category B historic heritage place) in order to construct the Aotea Station box. The Bluestone Wall will be carefully recorded, temporarily removed and reinstated during phase 4 of the Aotea main construction works, and as such, these works form part of this Outline Plan. A separate Bluestone Wall MP will be prepared in accordance with designation condition 45 to address how the deconstruction and reconstruction of the Bluestone Wall will be managed. The Bluestone Wall MP will be certified by the HAG and provided to Auckland Council prior to any works commencing with the Bluestone Wall.
2. Statutory Framework 2.1 Section 176A RMA – Outline Plan Requirements Section 176A (3) of the RMA requires that an Outline Plan must show: a.
The height, shape, and bulk of the works;
b.
The location of the works on the site;
c.
The likely finished contour of the site;
d.
The vehicular access, circulation, and the provision for parking;
e.
The landscaping proposed; and
f.
Any other matters to avoid, remedy, or mitigate any adverse effects on the environment.
Matters (a) to (f) are addressed in Sections 5 of this Outline Plan.
Page 15
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
2.2 Designation Conditions In addition to the matters set out in section 176A (3) of the RMA, the Outline Plan must also address the conditions of Designation 2500-1. Table 2-1 below identifies the relevant designation conditions and where they are addressed in this Outline Plan. The full set of designation conditions is attached at Appendix B. Table 2-1 Designation conditions relevant to Outline Plan
Condition
Condition
Section where addressed
No.
Pre-Construction Conditions
9.2
A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be provided as part of the Outline Plan.
Outline Plan Section 7. CEMP
Construction Conditions
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
Page 16
The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: a. The Communications and Consultation Plan (Condition 15); b. The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); c. Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); d. Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and Notable Received Management Plans; and e. Any other information required by the condition of this designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link. The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
Outline Plan and Appendices.
Feedback provided in appendices of each DWP and the CEMP.
The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: a. Either at the same time or in parts; b. By submitting one or more: i. Communication and Consultation Plans; ii. CEMP; iii. DWPs; and iv. SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs.
CEMP and sub-plans.
These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans.
CEMP and sub-plans.
Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition.
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Outline Plan Section 7. CEMP
Noted.
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
11.1
11.2
11.3
Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included on the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition.
The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not.
Independent Peer Reviewer comments are provided in appendices of each DWP and the CEMP.
Feedback is provided in each DWP and the CEMP.
Independent Peer Reviewer comments are provided in appendices of
11.4
In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties
12.1
For the duration of construction, the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: a. CEMP; b. DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPs); and c. Communication and Consultation Plan.
Noted.
A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site.
Noted.
12.2
Page 17
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
each DWP and the CEMP.
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
3. Site Description 3.1 Site Details The Aotea main construction works are located along Albert Street, between the intersection of Wyndham Street and Wellesley Street/Mayoral Drive. Additional excavations branch off from the tunnel alignment at Kingston Street (to form the plenum), Victoria Street (for two entrance buildings to the Aotea Station) and Wellesley Street (to form the main station structure). The indicative works areas are shown in Figure 3-Figure 3-1 below. Staging drawings of the works are included in the drawing set in Appendix D. Figure 3-1 Area of the Aotea main construction works
The area surrounding the works is a dense urban environment with a built form comprising medium to high rise buildings. Land uses generally include commercial offices and services, residential apartments, retail, civic, hospitality, hotel accommodation and car parking. Along Albert Street multiple active construction sites are present including for the CRL and adjoining private development. Buildings adjoin much of the project site boundary (road corridor) forming active frontages that provide access to private property and businesses. The area of works is highly utilised by pedestrians and vehicles, both for private and business purposes. Albert Street, Victoria Street, Wellesley Street and Mayoral Drive are classified as primary arterial roads. Kingston Street and Durham Street West are classified as local roads.
Page 18
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
4. Description of the Aotea Main Construction Works As indicated in Section 1.3 of this Outline Plan, the Aotea main construction works will involve three main phases of works with multiple construction activities occurring concurrently in stages throughout. A detailed description of the main works is included in the CEMP (Appendix E), with a summary provided below.
4.1 Proposed works An overview of activities for each stage of the works, including indicative timeframes, is provided in Table 4-1 below. Table 4-1 Summary of proposed works
Phase
Description
Dates
Phase 3: Piling, D - wall installation and construction
Perimeter Wall • Construction of the Station perimeter wall. D-Wall • Installation of D-walls along either side of Albert Street from Mayoral Drive to the Victoria Street intersection. D-walls provide the structural perimeter of the Station ‘box’ and support for the tunnel’s roof structure. • D-walls will be approximately 1,000mm thick. They will be installed to a depth of approximately 21m and will be embedded into the rock below the base slab of the Station box. Bore Piles • Bored pile installation of the northern section of the Station (north of Victoria Street), and piles through the Victoria Street intersection and Mayoral Drive section of the Station. Piles range from 750mm to 1,200mm in diameter. Jet grout piles • Construct jet grout piles beneath existing utilities locations. • After D-walls are complete ‘top down’ construction will begin, starting with the roof structure, and will be completed in sections. • Road reopened (once sections of roof are completed, the affected roadway above can be reinstated, and traffic returned). • Commencement of Aotea Station construction (concourse construction). The entrance building will be constructed on the corner of Wellesley and Albert Streets and will be a 3-story building (to house the mechanical and electrical Station plant above the street level entrance). • Construct the internal walls and platform. • Retrieval of the TBM’s first drive through (completion of structure from the TBM retrieval area). • Completion of Station structural elements (wall cladding, flooring, ceiling and finishes). • Tie in rail tunnels with existing track alignment. • Commencement and completion of the Northern Station area using a ‘bottom up’ method. • Deconstruction and reconstruction of the Bluestone Wall (in accordance with the Bluestone Wall Management Plan) 7
April 2020 to January 2022
April 2020 to September 2023
42 months
• This phase of work is the Aotea Station structural fitout. Work will commence following completion of the Station’s tunnel platform, cut and
August 2021
29 months
Phase 4: Station Construction (to occur immediately after utility diversion)
Phase 5: Station MEFH 7
Approximate duration 21 months
These works will occur approximately between September 2020 and December 2020 and a Bluestone Wall MP will be prepared in accordance with the designation conditions (and certified by the HAG) prior to these works commencing.
Page 19
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Phase
Description
Dates
installation and structural fit out. Architectural finishing’s will also occur during this timeframe
cover excavations and primary structural work. Work will proceed northward from Wellesley Street towards Wyndham Street. Fitout above ground is to occur concurrently and will include: ➢ Internal partition walls ➢ Platform Structures ➢ Precast stair installation ➢ Crowne Plaza Entrance Slab ➢ Balustrading ➢ Blockwork walls ➢ Station cladding installation (internal and external) ➢ Handrails ➢ Doors & Door hardware ➢ Ceiling ➢ Vertical Transport ➢ Internal ducting, pipework and cabling (including Vector Substation). ➢ Plant and equipment installation. • Internal and external architectural finishing’s.
to December 2023
Approximate duration
An Urban Design DWP, which will demonstrate how Aotea Station will integrate into the surrounding landscape and urban design context, will be prepared during Phase 5 of the Aotea Station main works (approx. 2022 – December 2023). The Urban Design DWP, including the Station Design Plan, will be detailed in a separate Outline Plan that will be submitted to Auckland Council approximately at the end of 2021. That Outline Plan will address all relevant Urban Design related CRL designation conditions. April 2020 to December 2023
Total
45 months
4.2 Construction Methodology and Staging The main element of the Aotea main construction works relates to foundation works, station construction and internal and structural fitouts. The construction equipment and sequencing for the main works (including ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’ construction methodologies) is provided in Table 2-2 of the CEMP. A brief overview is provided in the sections below.
Aotea Station Foundation Works Diaphragm walls (reinforced concrete walls made in situ, referred to as ‘D-walls’) will be installed along both sides of Albert Street from Mayoral Drive to the Victoria Street intersection. Piled walls will be installed along the northern section of the Station, north of Victoria Street. This includes constructing temporary tunnel support walls which join the CRL tunnels which have already been constructed in lower Albert Street. In addition to the perimeter wall piles, plunge piles will also be installed through the Victoria Street intersection and Mayoral Drive section of the Station. Jet grout piles will be installed beneath existing utilities. These will fill the Station wall gap formed by the pile or D-wall, to ensure the Station box remains a safe distance from the utilities. Further information on the Aotea main construction works foundation works are detailed in Section 2 of the CEMP. Page 20
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Aotea Station Construction ‘Top down’ construction follows D-wall installation and involves construction of a solid slab cast in situ roof structure in stages. This is followed by concourse construction, construction of the entrance building and ‘bottom up’ construction along the northern Station area. This phase of works will commence at both the northern and southern ends of the Station immediately after the early works described in Section 1.5.4 of this Outline Plan. Construction staging plans can be viewed at Appendix D.
Aotea Station MEFH installation and structural fitout Aotea Station MEFH installation and structural fittings will commence after primary structural works are completed. These works include internal ducting, pipework and cabling; plant and equipment installation; cladding installation and internal finishings. As previously stated, the architectural finishing component of the works will occur during Phase 5 of the Aotea main construction works, however the detail of these works (along with public realm reinstatements) will be addressed in a separate future Outline Plan.
Operation of Construction Support Area The CSA located within the Bledisloe House car park (established during the Stage 4 and 5 ‘early’ works), will be operational during the Aotea main construction works, and will remain in operation until the completion of the project. During the main works the CSA will also be extended to include part of Mayoral Drive.
4.3 Project Programme The Aotea main construction works are anticipated to take approximately 45 months to complete between April 2020 to December 2023 (approximately) as detailed in Table 4-1 above. Some construction activities outlined in each phase of the Aotea main construction works will occur in parallel.
4.4 Hours of Operation It is anticipated that surface / above ground construction works will generally be undertaken between 0700hrs to 1900hrs Monday to Saturday. Piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 0700hrs to 1900hrs, Monday to Saturday as per CRL designation condition 36.3 (b). Some construction works (e.g. concrete pours, traffic switches, deliveries, loading in/lifting, utilities work, D-wall works, confined space entries, road civil works) may be undertaken outside of these hours, however this would not be a general occurrence and will be done in accordance with the designation conditions. Internal construction of the station will have activities being completed between the hours of 1900hrs to 0700hrs (i.e. night works). These activities will be completed beneath the completed roof structure, below ground level – thereby mitigating noise and other construction related effects. Operating procedures will be implemented (refer to section 5 of the CEMP), including early notification to affected residents and businesses of such events, to minimise any potential disturbance. In addition, Section 7 of the CCP contains communication protocols and processes that will be followed throughout the works, including contact details and processes for managing enquires or complaints. Page 21
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
5. Outline Plan Requirements Section 176A of the RMA sets out the matters to be included in an Outline Plan. These are outlined in Sections 5.1 to 5.5 below. Plan and cross section drawings8 of the Aotea Station entrance structures and tunnels are provided as Appendix F of this Outline Plan. Matters to avoid, remedy or mitigate effects on the environment are addressed in Section 6. For the avoidance of doubt, this Outline Plan does not address any aspects of the architectural fit out of the Aotea Station nor the permanent above ground public realm (streetscape) reinstatement including landscaping. These matters will be addressed in a future Outline Plan that will include an Urban Design DWP to address Designation Conditions 47-54. The design of the Aotea Station, including architecture and urban design elements, has been ongoing since the early stages of the project. This design will continue to develop in accordance with the urban design and associated mana whenua principles specified in the designation conditions and will be addressed in the future Aotea Station Urban Design DWP. Construction of the Aotea Station main works in accordance with the drawings (Appendix F) and information provided as part of the current Outline Plan will not compromise the ability to undertake the future architectural and public realm works in a manner consistent with the urban design principles. For information purposes, the design principles, indicative station flythrough and latest concept drawings can be found on the CRLL website (https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crl-stations-aotea).
5.1 Height, Shape and Bulk of the Works The Aotea main construction works will be largely undertaken underground, with the mining of tunnels and station box excavations and construction occurring below ground level. At the completion of the Aotea Station, all disturbed ground will be reinstated with public realm improvements. The Aotea main construction works will also involve the construction of four above ground structures; the main station entrance structure at Wellesley Street, two additional entrance structures at Victoria Street, and a plenum (involving one above ground ventilation structure) at Kingston Street. The main construction works will involve two predominant construction methods; ‘top down’ construction on the southern section of the station and ‘bottom up’ construction along the northern section. Construction will be located along Albert Street, extending between Wyndham Street and Wellesley Street, with works also encroaching into Kingston Street and Victoria Street. Both construction methods involve below-ground excavations down to a depth of around 20m. The Wellesley Street station entrance structure will be located within the current Bledisloe House car park located on the southeast corner of the Albert Street / Wellesley Street intersection (aligning with the footpath boundary of both streets). This entrance structure will be a 34m by 32m (approx. 1,088m2) four story structure and will sit approximately 22m above the surrounding ground level. The ground level will contain entry to the Aotea Station which will include ticket facilities and escalators to the concourse and platform levels below. The storeys above the ground floor will contain the station and tunnel operational equipment. Escalators and lifts from the ground (entrance level) will lead to the below ground concourse level of the station (the concourse level is
8
Page 22
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan able to be accessed from both entrance structures at Victoria Street). Escalators and lifts at the concourse level will lead down to the station platforms. It is noted Auckland Transport previously obtained resource consent for an Over Station Development which will occupy the remaining area of the Bledisloe house car park site and includes two separate towers of which one will be constructed on top of the Wellesley Street station structure. This proposed development is not part of the Link Alliance works and will be progressed separately by Auckland Council in conjunction with Panuku1. There will be two additional entrance structures on Victoria Street, located east and west of the Victoria Street / Albert Street intersection. Both entrance structures will be single storey. The eastern entrance structure will be constructed into the westward rising slope of the street making it less prominent from the surrounding ground level, whilst the western Victoria Street entrance structure will be constructed on top of the slope, sitting approximately 5m above the surrounding ground level. The fourth above ground structure relates to the Kingston Street plenum which will be located adjacent to the kerb edge on the northern side of Kingston Street. The plenum comprises separate structures required for air circulation needed for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning of the Aotea Station. The above ground component of the plenum relates to a single ventilation structure measuring 1.9m by 7.3m and will be 3.4m at its highest point (approximately). An indicative plan view of the Kingston Street Plenum is shown in the drawings at Appendix F. Concept drawings of the Aotea Station, including the Wellesley Street station structure, Victoria Street entrance structures and underground concourse and Station platforms can be found on the CRL website9. This link also contains a ‘fly through’ of the Aotea Station above and below ground structures. Large construction related equipment will be located on the surface level within the main works site and this equipment will be needed for the duration of the Aotea main construction works (between April 2020 to December 2023 (approximately)). The large construction equipment includes (but is not limited to); • • • • • •
large cranes (up to 450T), gantry cranes, bentonite plant, silos for cement mixing, hydrofraise rig, and excavators.
Most of this construction equipment will be situated within the CSA at the Bledisloe House carpark, however, some of the equipment may be temporarily relocated within the works site to assist with construction activities. The above ground construction related equipment will be visible throughout the Aotea main construction works and will be disestablished upon completion of the project in 2024. Following completion of the Aotea main construction works, all disturbed ground will be temporarily reinstated in preparation for final public realm reinstatement.
9
https://www.cityraillink.co.nz/crl-stations-aotea Page 23 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
5.2 Location of the Works on the Site The location of the Aotea main construction works is shown in Figure 3-Figure 3-1 and will be located along Albert Street, extending between Wyndham Street and Wellesley Street/Mayoral Drive, with works also encroaching into Kingston Street and Victoria Street. In addition, the CSA required to support the main works is located within the Bledisloe House car park area and will also occupy a portion of Mayoral Drive. Plans showing the site layout are included in Appendix D.
5.3 Likely Finished Contour of the Site The Aotea Station extends 380m along Albert Street with its underground tunnels situated approximately 18-20m below ground level. Four above ground structures will be constructed, being the entrance structure at Wellesley Street and two additional entrance structures at Victoria Street. A plenum will be constructed at Kingston Street involving one above ground ventilation structure. At the completion of the Aotea main construction works, the disturbed ground will be reinstated, and the site will be prepared for public realm (streetscape) reinstatement. The Link Alliance will return the site to Auckland Transport for public use. Specifically, the following matters will be covered: • •
•
The streetscape works will be completed as per the final public realm design, and this will include all reinstatement works within the CRL designation. The temporary accommodation buildings in Bledisloe House car park will be removed prior to the completion of the works. The main entrance structure will be constructed in the northern end of the Bledisloe car park, and the southern end will be stabilised in anticipation for the OSD works1. The canopies removed as part of the early works (Stages 4 and 5) will be reinstated to the same or better standard than existing prior to the works being undertaken, coherent with wider public realm upgrades in the area.
An Urban Design DWP will be prepared as part of a subsequent Outline Plan process and will address how the works area will be returned to public use, the architectural finishings of the Aotea Station, and will also cover the above matters.
5.4 Vehicular Access, Circulation and Parking The Aotea main construction works will impact the existing transport network, with resultant construction effects on vehicle traffic, pedestrians and cyclists. A Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan (TAP DWP) is included in this Outline Plan (Appendix K of the CEMP). The TAP DWP outlines the transport effects and mitigation measures associated with construction of the works, including Temporary Traffic Management Plans. Access to the site will be from the surrounding road network. During construction of Aotea Station, some vehicle movement and access restrictions will be in place. Access to on-street car parking will be retained. all existing traffic movements along public roads will continue to be available. However, When restrictions are in place, diversions will be provided for as through consultation with Auckland Transport. The main construction works will be undertaken in a number of phases over a period of 4 years between April 2020 and December 2023. Long term Temporary Traffic Management Plans (TMP’s) will Page 24
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan be implemented for each stage of the works with evolving requirements. Across all the stages, the work zones will occupy most of Albert Street (between Wellesley Street and Wyndham Street), Wellesley Street (between Elliott Street and Federal Street) and Victoria Street (between Elliott Street and Federal Street). Pedestrian movements will be provided for throughout the works, with pedestrian routes (minimum width of 1.5m) maintained adjacent to the individual work areas, and appropriate ramps and gradients provided for all users. Due to the nature and scale of the works, various parking spaces, and in some cases loading zones, will be closed across the construction area. Temporary signals may be required to cater for appropriate visibility around work sites. Various (temporary) road closures and reductions in road lane widths will be required across construction areas. Where reduction in lane width is required, this will be to a minimum of 3m. Traffic management for the Aotea main construction works has been split into five separate stages. A summary of the staging and notable traffic implications is outlined in Table 5-1 below. A full description of the traffic implications is outlined in Section 4 of the TAP DWP (Appendix K of the CEMP). Table 5-1 Taffic staging indicating notable traffic implications during the Aotea main construction works
Stage
Timeframe
Stage 1
Will occur from April 2020 – July 2020
Notable traffic Implications
Stage 2 Notable traffic Implications
Stage 3 Notable traffic Implications
• • •
Will occur from August 2020 – February 2021 • • •
• •
•
Notable traffic Implications
• •
•
Page 25
Kingston Street (between Federal Street and Albert Street) will be closed to vehicle traffic for a period of time. Albert Street (between Victoria Street West and Wyndham Street) will facilitate one lane in each direction, with southbound movement via the slip lane. The Victoria Street West/Albert Street intersection will be closed to through traffic. Access to the Albert Street service lane will be maintained. The Wellesley Street West/Albert Street intersection will be open to eastbound and westbound movements with two lanes in each direction along Wellesley Street West.
(Is a continuation from Stage 3) will occur from August 2021 – April 2022.
•
Stage 5
Albert Street (between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West) will be closed to traffic, except for local access (the Albert Street slip lane will be reversed again during this closure). The Wellesley Street West/Albert Street intersection will remain closed to traffic. There will be a transition period to allow for the changeover between the Wellesley Street/Albert Street intersection closure and the Victoria Street/Albert Street intersection closure.
Will occur from February 2021 – August 2021
•
Stage 4
Albert Street (between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West) will be open to traffic, maintaining one lane northbound and one lane southbound (using the slip lane). The Wellesley Street West/Albert Street intersection will remain closed to traffic. Kingston Street (between Federal Street and Albert Street) will be closed to vehicle traffic for a period of time.
Kingston Street (between Federal Street and Albert Street) will be reopened. Albert Street (between Victoria Street West and Wyndham Street) will facilitate one lane in each direction. The Victoria Street West/Albert Street intersection will be closed to through traffic. Limited access to the Albert Street service lane will be maintained. The Wellesley Street West/Albert Street intersection will be open to eastbound and westbound movements with two lanes in each direction along Wellesley Street West.
Final stage with the longest traffic management – will occur from April 2022 – December 2023
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan Notable traffic Implications
• •
Albert Street (between Victoria Street West and Wyndham Street) will facilitate one lane in each direction. Victoria Street West (between Federal Street and Elliott Street) will have vehicle movements reinstated with one lane in each direction.
Detour routes and plans will be developed to manage the temporary closures. Consultation will be undertaken to inform affected parties of the roadway closures as required by the conditions of Designation 2500-1. All pedestrian walkways and crossing movements will continue to be provided, with at least 1.5m wide footpaths being provided in accordance with designation Condition 27.1(i). Where practical, all pedestrian routes will meet accessibility requirements, with appropriate ramps and gradients for all users. Traffic controllers will be provided where required and traffic signals will be physically modified where required (poles in drums) in order to maintain crossing accessibility and driver visibility. Specific wayfinding signage will be provided as required.
5.5 Proposed Landscaping The Aotea main construction works do not include any permanent landscaping. Landscaping will be addressed in a future Outline Plan.
Page 26
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
6. Other Matters to Avoid, Remedy, or Mitigate Adverse Effects A CEMP and sub-plans (including DWPs) have been developed to provide a comprehensive framework for the management of environmental effects during the Aotea main construction works. The CEMP (attached at Appendix E) provides an overview of the management framework as well as providing general management protocols and procedures which will be implemented during the works. Each sub-plan fulfils the requirements of relevant designation conditions to avoid, remedy or mitigate any potential adverse effects on the environment. A summary of the matters covered in the CEMP (and sub-plans) is provided as follows.
6.1 Effects of Construction Noise and Vibration Description Various construction processes and construction related equipment will act as noise and vibration sources on site. Construction noise will be measured and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS6803:1999 “Acoustics – Construction Noise” and construction vibration shall be measured and assessed in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. Construction noise and vibration will be managed to comply with the Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in an approved Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) or Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP)).
Potential Effects During the Aotea main construction works, construction noise could potentially cause discomfort and inconvenience to adjacent businesses and residents. Construction vibration has the potential to impact amenity of neighbouring businesses and residents and cause building damage. The level of noise and vibration generated by the works will be dependent on the type of activity undertaken at any given time (such as foundation works, compacting and piling). Construction noise and vibration effects will be temporary and will generally occur between construction operating hours: 0700hrs and 2200hrs Monday to Saturday, with internal (below ground) construction activities being undertaken outside of these normal hours (between 1900hrs and 0700hrs).
Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures for construction noise and vibration are outlined in detail in the CNV DWP (attached at Appendix L of the CEMP). Measures include: • •
• •
Page 27
SSCNMPs, SSCVMPs and SSCNVMPs where required – including the identification of ‘Best Practicable Option’ mitigation measures (refer Section 5.3 of the CNV DWP); Induction training sessions for all construction workers, with attention given to construction noise and vibration limits, activities that may give rise to high noise and/or vibration, mitigation and management procedures and the sensitivity of receivers and any other constraints; Equipment selection procedures; and Noise barriers and enclosures where applicable.
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
6.2 Effects on Archaeology Description The HC DWP (Archaeology Section) (Appendix N of the CEMP) outlines the procedures and measures that will be implemented during the Aotea main construction works in order to minimise the potential for adverse effects on archaeological remains. Effects on archaeology need to be considered when undertaking the described works. Two known archaeological sites are located within the Aotea main construction works area, one being along the eastern side of Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street (R11/3078; bluestone wall, stairs and toilets). The other is a backfilled or capped off well (R11/1182) within the proposed CSA. The deconstruction and reconstruction of the scheduled Bluestone Wall located on Albert Street (near the Durham Street West intersection) will be the subject of a Bluestone Wall MP. In accordance with designation condition 45, the Bluestone Wall MP will be certified by the HAG and provided to Auckland Council prior to the commencement of works on the wall. Archaeological recording of both walls will be undertaken and is provided for in Section 6 of the HC DWP (Archaeology Section). There is also a scheduled Site and Place of Significance to Mana Whenua in the Auckland Unitary Plan Operative in Part (AUP(OP)), known as Ngā Wharau a Tako, located on parts of Kingston Street and Federal Street. This is a place of cultural significance and has no known associated archaeological remains. With the exception of the above, there are no other known archaeological sites in the works area.
Potential Effects The proposed works will result in ground being disturbed, with excavations down to a depth of approximately 20m. There is a limited possibility that the ground disturbance may result in the accidental discovery of subsurface archaeological remains relating to 19th or early 20th century infrastructure, such as earlier surfaces and drainage elements.
Mitigation Measures The Project Archaeologist (or other qualified archaeologist acting under their direction) will be present during the removal of the bluestone wall. The archaeologist will record details of its construction, investigate the nature and extent of the fill behind the wall, and recover a representative sample of any artefacts for further analysis. The possibility of exposing archaeological remains will be managed through implementation of the HC DWP (Archaeology Section) and the Archaeological Authority (2017/793) granted by Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (HNZPT) (see Appendix A of the HC DWP (Archaeology Section)). Measures to mitigate impacts on archaeological remains include: • • • • Page 28
Archaeological Discovery Protocols; Mana Whenua Protocols; Recording of Features and Deposits; Artefact Management Plan; | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan • • •
Stand down periods; Post-excavation analysis and archiving; and Reporting requirements.
6.3 Effects on Built Heritage Description A number of heritage buildings located adjacent to the area of works are recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling or special character buildings10 in the AUP and listing under the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. Adverse effects on built heritage from the Aotea main construction works will be managed by the HC DWP (Built Heritage Section) (Appendix M of the CEMP).
Potential Effects Unreinforced masonry buildings, including the historic heritage and special character buildings and structures in proximity to the main works are likely to be at higher risk from the potential effects of vibration or ground movement associated with the works. These buildings may have soft mortar joints, simple foundations and connections of structural members or limited bracing. Built heritage potentially affected by the Aotea main construction works is provided in Table 3-1 of the HC DWP (Built Heritage Section).
Mitigation Methods to be implemented during construction to mitigate and manage potential impacts on built heritage include: • • • •
•
Building Condition Surveys prior to the commencement of works; Investigations of building foundations prior to the commencement of works; Monitoring as set out in the CNV DWP and GSMCP; Built heritage protection measures, including use of plywood to protect building fabric, use of bracing for parapets, chimneys etc and careful removal of basalt kerbs for re-use implemented; and Building record and salvage strategy (with respect to the removal of any built heritage items) (refer to Section 6 of the HC DWP (Built Heritage Section)).
6.4 Effects of Earthworks Description Earthworks required for the main works are described in section 2.3 of the CEMP. The total volume of earthworks proposed is approximately 188,830m3.
10
Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part) Schedule 14.1 and Special Character Buildings in the City Centre Zone shown on Map H8.11.1 Page 29 | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Potential Effects The potential and actual adverse effects that may arise from the proposed earthworks are localised erosion and sediment discharge.
Mitigation Measures Erosion and sediment control measures are included in the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) (attached at Appendix H of the CEMP). Mitigation includes: • • • • •
Control measures (a full list of control measures is outlined in the ESCP); Procedures for site spoil, fill material and demolition debris; Procedures for contaminated land (refer Section 6.5); Reinstatement and rehabilitation requirements; and Ongoing site monitoring of erosion and sediment control measures.
A Flocculant treatment Management Plan (FTMP) is also included within Appendix C of the ESCP, and identifies measures that will be implemented to enhance the effectiveness of the erosion and sediment control measures.
6.5 Effects from Contaminated Land Description The works will result in the disturbance and removal of soil down to a depth of approximately 20m. Whilst the deeper material is unlikely to be contaminated, the disturbance and removal of contaminated soil could potentially result in discharges to land or water. The excavated material will be validated by a Contaminated Land Specialist to determine a suitable location for disposal to an appropriately licenced facility.
Potential Effects There is the potential for adverse effects from contaminated land on people’s health and the surrounding environment.
Mitigation Measures The Contamination DWP attached at Appendix O of the CEMP outlines the mitigation measures that will be undertaken for the duration of the works. Control measures for the avoidance or mitigation of adverse human health effects associated with exposure to contaminated media, and the control of discharges to air, land, and water include: • • • • • • •
Page 30
Erosion and sediment control measures (as outlined in Section 6.4); Soil excavation and disposal procedures; Record keeping and reporting; Dust control and monitoring (as described in Section 6.7); Materials importation verification and testing regime; Health and Safety Plan; and Unexpected material/contamination discovery protocols.
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
6.6 Effects on network utilities Description The main component of the previous early work packages (Stage 1-3 and Stages 4 and 5) relates to the relocation of existing network utilities to ensure they are relocated outside of the footprint of the Aotea Station and associated underground tunnels. Further utility relocations may be required during the main construction works. Site investigations will be undertaken to determine the location of utilities prior to their relocation. Refer to Section 5.1 of the CEMP (Appendix E) for a more detailed outline of network utility management during the Aotea main construction works. Consultation with Network Utility Operators (NUOs) has been ongoing regarding the protection and relocation of the utilities.
Potential Effects Potential adverse effects include damage to utilities, particularly previously unidentified utilities and potential disruption to customers.
Mitigation Measures Consultation and engagement has been undertaken with the relevant NUOs to ensure that disruption can be avoided and with regards to the design for the relocated utilities. This consultation has been undertaken in accordance with Section 7 of the Communication and Consultation Plan. Where disruption to services is required that is a result of works undertaken by NUOs, then consultation to affected parties will be the responsibility of the relevant NUO.
6.7 Effects on Air Quality Description Construction activities may generate discharges of dust, odour and hazardous air pollutants. The main discharge to air arising from construction activities is particulate matter (dust) and may be generated from dust generating activities occurring at or near ground level or within open excavations. Dust from these activities may be discharged diffusively from works activities direct to atmosphere.
Potential Effects Construction activities including operation of vehicles and equipment have the potential to generate emissions, dust and odour. This can include offensive or objectionable levels of dust or odour affecting sites or parties beyond the designation boundary, or hazardous air pollutants that cause, or are likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property.
Mitigation Measures In addition to the complaint’s response and recording, environmental training and record keeping procedures, a dust monitoring programme will be used to manage potential effects. The programme includes: • • Page 31
General site monitoring; Visual inspections of dust emissions; and | Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan •
Continuous monitoring of total suspended particulate.
A range of control measures and management procedures that will mitigate the potential effects on air quality are detailed in Section 5 of the AQ DWP (Appendix I of the CEMP).
6.8 Social Impact and Business Disruption Description The scale and duration of the Aotea main construction works has the potential to disrupt access to businesses and residential buildings adjoining and within proximity to the construction area. The affected community (consisting of directly affected and affected in proximity parties) has been identified in the Social Impact and Business Disruption (SIBD) DWP (Appendix F of the CEMP). Consultation has been undertaken with the affected community to understand the potential impacts of the works, and any specific requirements they may have (such as access during certain hours of the day, or particular sensitivity to noise at certain times).
Potential Effects The works may disturb adjacent parties through noise and vibration, access and traffic disruption and dust, which has the potential to reduce amenity for residents and result in a loss of customers to adjoining businesses.
Mitigation Measures Measures to mitigate the potential social impacts and business disruption arising from the Aotea main construction works are detailed within the SIBD DWP. General social impacts and business disruption effects are mitigated through the suite of sub-plans, with particular reference to the TAP DWP, CNV DWP and AQ DWP. Given the length of potential disruption resulting from the main works, a Development Response Plan has been developed to provide a holistic response effort to those affected by the works and is attached as Appendix F of the SIBD DWP. More specific mitigation required for impacts identified during consultation with affected parties is outlined in Section 6 of the SIBD DWP.
6.9 Effects on Trees and Vegetation Description The TV DWP has been prepared to remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on trees and vegetation affected by the Aotea main construction works (Appendix J of the CEMP). The TV DWP outlines how the trees will be removed and how effects on remaining trees and vegetation will be managed. As the majority of trees initially identified within the construction footprint will be removed during the Stage 1 - 3 and Stages 4 and 5 utility relocation (early) works for Aotea Station, the only additional trees to be affected by the main construction works are 11 pĹ?hutukawa trees (referenced as T34) situated at the southern end of Albert Street, outside the Crown Plaza Hotel. Furthermore, two additional trees (referenced as T51 and T52) are located on Mayoral Drive, adjacent and within close proximity to the CSA.
Page 32
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Mitigation Measures The 11 pōhutukawa trees outside of the Crown Plaza Hotel will need to be removed during the main construction works. Removal of these trees will be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced arborist. In accordance with the TVDWP, the methodology used for tree removal may include the following: • • •
Staged removal whereby the outer limbs are removed first, followed by inner limbs and the main trunk As the trees are within planters it will be investigated whether all the tree roots are contained within the planers, therefore, avoiding underground services. Removed tree debris will either be mulched onsite or removed for mulching off-site, depending on which is more practicable.
The Link Alliance will ensure Council’s Senior Advisor Urban Forest is made aware of any tree felling, including being kept informed of the proposed time and date of tree felling prior to it being undertaken. For all trees being removed, replanting will be provided based on ratio of at least 1:1. Details of the trees to be replanted, will be included as part of the Urban Design DWP. The Urban Design DWP will be prepared prior to urban realm reinstatement works are undertaken. For trees T51 and T52, tree protection zones will be established around each tree to ensure the trunks, roots, canopy and branches are protected during the Aotea main works. Mitigation of the potential effects on trees and vegetation is detailed in Section 4 of the TV DWP (Appendix J of the CEMP).
6.10 Environmental Monitoring Section 6 of the CEMP outlines the proposed monitoring of environmental performance and compliance with designation and resource consent conditions. Environmental monitoring is required throughout the Aotea main construction works in order to ensure that adverse effects on the environment are appropriately managed. The specifics of monitoring for each environmental element are detailed in the individual sub-plans, including any monitoring requirements, the frequency of the monitoring to be undertaken and the appropriate responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals issued for the works. In general, monitoring will be conducted on a routine basis. However, additional monitoring may be required in the event of a complaint or incident.
7. Consultation Consultation has been undertaken with stakeholders and potentially affected parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan (Appendix G of the CEMP) provides a summary of communication and consultation to date (refer Appendix B of the Communication and Consultation Plan).
Page 33
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan The following stakeholders/ parties have been consulted during the development of the CEMP and DWPs: • • • • •
Network Utility Operators CRL Mana Whenua Forum Aotea Community and Business Liaison Group Heart of the City Business and property owners surrounding the area of works
Consultation and engagement has been (and will continue to be) undertaken via the following methods: • Community Liaison Group – regular meetings held with the Aotea Community and Business Liaison Group to discuss and seek feedback on the project works. These meetings will be ongoing. • Mana Whenua Forum – Monthly meeting with the Mana Whenua Forum to seek feedback on the project works. • Face to face consultation – Consultation was undertaken during the development of the Delivery Work Plans and Management Plans with affected parties and stakeholders surrounding the area of works. The main topics of discussions have been noise and vibration, social impact and transport and access. • Information nights – Frequent information nights have been held in the Link Alliance office within the Wellesley Centre (located on the corner of Wellesley Street and Mayoral Drive) from 5pm – 6pm Tuesdays (since 24/09/19). Drop-in meetings have also been held at the Victoria Street ‘coffee club’ to discuss works with the general public. • CRL website – The CRL website provides all of the latest information on the project and is a key source of information for the project. • Email and phone – A dedicated email address (aotea@linkalliance.co.nz) has been set up that can be used by stakeholders and members of the public to make enquiries about the Project. A phone number has been established (0800 CRL TALK) that can also be used. • Newsletter – CRLL issue regular updates to the surrounding community about the project so that stakeholders are kept up to date. Consultation and stakeholder engagement will continue for the duration of the Project.
Page 34
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix A: Planning Maps
Page 35
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Auckland Council
Kin gs
60 66
68
6-12
60
4
87
V ic
ia S tr e
51-63 et W es t 62
Ho bs
99 86
26
ane
24
187-189
210
r al Fed e 134
144-148
54-56
le y
St r
ee t
44-52
We
190
195
198
13 15
205-209 219
Ma
r yo
al
D
ri v
15-31
233-237
222-228
238
246
256-260 262-268 280 290
4-8
Built Environment
et
Que
229
263-267
24
10A
S tr e et
253-261
We
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328 291-297
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Dar by
39
e 10
8-18
239
32-42
11
201-203
st
37
214-220
t
182
136
152
re e t
135
135
150
Elliott St
72
132
203A 203
19
205-225 120-130
127-129
175
tW e st
105-107
119
l le s
Stre e
191
27-35
109-125
We
am
22
98-102
43
Dur h
167-173
106-108
Stre e
t
101
92-96
69
on
St r
ee t
66
87-89
163
171
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
72-78
to r
75
76-84
83 85
155
9-11
Lorn
101
t
12
S tr e
100
65-71
Stre e
65-69
en
57-59
to n
20
70-74
L an e
117
51
26
59
34
´
58
S tr eet
am
ne
46-56
Du r h
135
Vog53 el L a
t
17
h am
63
Fed e
45-49
Wy nd
48-52
t
ane
61
Mil l sL
33
rt S t re e
Ne l s
22
st L
51-53 55 57
Al b e
on
S tr
Gor
66
r al S tr e e
e et
72-80
41
rt S t re
9 15
1
43
Al b e
5
Map
et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
et
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Du rh a Lan m D e urh a Lan m e
167-173 175
tW e st
Qu e
256-260
239
262-268
280
253-261
26
28 32
) ) ) )
We 290 263-267 S t r l le s le e et y We ) ) ) ) We ) ) st S tr l le s le ) 10 ) e et y E as W e l le s le y 18-26 ) ) t ) )S tr e et E as t 300
291-297
Controls
) )
246
233-237
269-287
10A
238
) )
) ) 24 ) ) )
229
222-228
Qu e S tr e e n et
) ) Dar ) ) by S 8-18 tree ) ) t )
39
214-220
205-225
)
1/304-328
3/304-328 0
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
)
) )
M
tE as t
) ) L ) ) or ne S ) ) tr e e t )
219
163
ey t sl as le E el t W t ree S
l ra yo e a M iv 10 al Dr or y a e M r iv l D ra o y e a M ri v D
205-209
Dur ha Lan m e
S tr eet 155
Stre e
)
4-8
ay
or
13 15
32-42 )
al D r iv e
11
37
We 15-31 S t r l le s le e et y W ) ) es t
) )
190
201-203
am
Ellio Stre tt et
44-52
195
rt S t re et
yS t re et W e st 54-56 182
198
26
Ellio Stre tt et
Stre et
135
tW e st We l le s le
134
171
Dur h
Qu ) ) ) ) ee n ) ) S tr ee t ) ) ) ) ) )
132
Dur ha Lan m D urh e am 9-11 Lane
h am
L or n ) ) eS tree ) ) t ) ) ) ) Lorn ) Stre e ) ) et ) ) )
ia S tr e
109-125
Al b e
yS t re e
rt S t re
rt S t re et
Al b e
)51-63 ) )
92-96
12
22 ) 187-189 98-102 ) ) ) )) ) et W ) ) 66 ) ) es t 43) ) ) 62 191 ) ) V ic ) to r 27-35 ) ) ) ia S tr e 203A ) ) 19 e tW )) ) ) ) 203 es t ) ) ) V ic 99 ) ) to r ) 210 ia S ) tr e ) ) e tW 106-108 ) ) es t Vi ) ) S t r c t o r ia 105-107 ) ee
Fe d e ral Ho b S tr s o n e et
ee t St r
on Ho bs 152
)69)
Du Stre rham et W e st
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
150
to r
Al b e
t
V ic
87-89
76-84
Wy nd
20
Al b S tr e r t e et
ee t St r on
86
Ho bs
) 75 )
83 85
S tr eet
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
s le
136
144-148
Fed e
r al S tr e e
) )87 ) ) ia S ) tr
St Du A r e r ha m l be r et We S tr e e t st t A lb e Str e r t et
to r
120-130
127-129 135
4
Kin gs Stre ton et
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
119 We S t r l le s le e et y We st W e l le 72
60
t
)101 )
eet ) ) We ) ) st 72-78) ) )
101
6-12
r al S tr e e
V ic
65-71
65-69
t
26
70-74
) ) ) )Elliott ) )Stre et ) ) ) ) )
ee t St r s on Ho b S tr s o n e et H ob
St r
ee t
V S t r ic t o r ia e et We st
68
Stre e
Fed e
100
st
Ho bs
We
57-59
66
59
) ) ) ) ) ) )
eet
117
60
to n
h am
L an e
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
St r
51
on
135
gel L
Kin gs
34
ills
58
) ) ) ) ) ) en S ) ) t r ee ) ) t ) ) ) ) ) ) )) Qu e ) ) ) en S tr e e ) t
Ho b S tr s o n e et
Ne l s S tr o n e et
e et
nS tr
Vo
ane
Vic tor ia
53
´
) ) )
17
Wy nd
63
) ) ) ) ) )
Ne l s S tr o n e et Ne l so
45-49
Wy nd Stre h am et
48-52
) ) ) ) ) )
ane
61
)
22
st L
33
46-56
) ) )
Gor
51-53 55 57
M
15
72-80
41
) ) )
9
1
Wy 43 nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am 66 et
) ) ) ) ) ) )
5
Map
) ) ) ) ) ) )
Auckland Council
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
62
St r on
86
V ic
to r
43
106-108 105-107
r al Fed e
Dar by
S tr e et
24
10
E llio tt St
et
222-228
246 256-260
239
262-268
26
280
253-261
28 32
We 290 263-267 S t r l le s le e et y We st We 10 S t r l le s le e et y E as W e l le s 18-26 t S tr e et le y E a st 300 269-287 L or n eS
V U
214-220
2500-1
ee t
4-8
Vi S t r c t o r ia e et E as t
t
32-42
210
238
233-237
re et
We 15-31 S t r l le s le e et y We st
10A
V U 1555
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
ia S tr e et W es t
1/304-328
V U
Designations
1555
291-297
3/304-328 0
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
ey t sl as le E el t W t ree S
V U
2500-2
V U
2500-3
to r
S tr
V U
2500-2
205-209
203A 203
19
205-225
ee n
13
39
37
175
tW e st
tree
11
201-203
219
rt S t re et
Al b e
al D r iv
190
195
e
44-52
198
V ic
Qu
152
yS t re et W e st 54-56 182
134
136
144-148 150
132
135
tW e st We l le s le
Stre e
187-189
229
yo r
St r
Ho bs
on
135
ee t
127-129
yS t re e
167-173
191
8-18
120-130
Ma
Ho b S tr s o n e et
Stre e
t
109-125
am
22
Ellio Stre tt et
1564
s le
Dur ha Lan m e
27-35 ia S tr e et W es t
V U 119 We S t r l le s le e et y We st W e l le 72
rt S t re
rt S t re et
98-102
26
163
en S tr e
et
et W es t
99
Ho bs
101
51-63
Al b S tr e r t e et
ee t
66
ia S tr e
92-96
155
171
Dur h
S tr eet
t
8301
to r
69
Dur ha Lan m D urh e am 9-11 Lane
Lorn Stre e et
V ic
Du Stre rham et W e st
87-89
75
76-84
h am
en S t r ee
st
83 85
12
L an e
Qu e
We
Al b e
t
eet
70-74
Wy nd
20
t
ia S tr
87
V U
3300
4
S tr eet
eS tr e e
101
to r
72-78
V U
60
Kin gs Stre ton et
h am
Lor n
8300
6-12
65-69
ills
58
Du rh a Lan m D e urh a Lan m e
V U
V ic
65-71
t
Al b e
ee t
V S t r ic t o r ia e et We st
68
4100
´
46-56
26
Ellio Stre tt et
100
st
57-59
66
Stre e
V U
St Du A r e r ha m l be r et We S tr e e t st t A lb e Str e r t et
We
60
59
t
eet
117
Ho bs
St r
51
to n
Wy nd
63
r al S tr e e
135
gel L
Kin gs
34
Fed e
Vo
ane
Vic tor ia
53
V U on
17
8831
61
Wy nd Stre h am et
48-52
r al S tr e e
8302
33
Fed e
45-49
U
51-53 55 57
Qu e S tr e e n et
Ho b S tr s o n e et
St r on
ane
Ho bs
Ne l s S tr o n e et Ne l so
22
st L
St r
nS tr
Gor
41
M
15
1
Wy 43 nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am 66 et
ee t
72-80
e et
9
Ne l s S tr o n e et
5
Map
Qu e
Auckland Council
V U 502
Auckland Council
Kin gs
60 66
68
6-12
60
4
87
V ic
ia S tr e
51-63 et W es t 62
Ho bs
99 86
ane
24
26
187-189
!
r al Fed e 152
St r
ee t
44-52
We
190
136
144-148
54-56
195
198
13 15
205-209 219
Ma
r yo
al
D
ri v
15-31
et
Que
233-237
238
246
256-260 262-268 280
253-261
290
263-267
24 4-8
We
10A
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328 291-297
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
S tr e et 229
39
e 10
Dar by
239
32-42
11
201-203
st
37
8-18
222-228
t
182
134
135
150
re e t
135
le y
214-220
205-225
Elliott St
72
132
203A 203
19
210
120-130
127-129
175
tW e st
105-107
119
l le s
Stre e
191
27-35
109-125
We
am
22
98-102
43
Dur h
167-173
106-108
Stre e
t
101
92-96
69
on
St r
ee t
66
87-89
163
171
Historic Heritage and Special Character
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
72-78
to r
75
76-84
83 85
155
9-11
Lorn
101
t
12
S tr e
100
65-71
Stre e
65-69
en
57-59
to n
20
70-74
L an e
117
51
26
59
34
´
58
S tr eet
am
ne
46-56
Du r h
135
Vog53 el L a
t
17
h am
63
Fed e
45-49
Wy nd
48-52
t
ane
61
Mil l sL
33
rt S t re e
Ne l s
22
st L
51-53 55 57
Al b e
on
S tr
Gor
66
r al S tr e e
e et
72-80
41
rt S t re
9 15
1
43
Al b e
5
Map
et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
Auckland Council
Kin gs
60 66
68
60
4
77-85
V ic
to r
68
62A
on Ho bs
99 86
26
ane
24
Dur h
187-189 191
210
r al Fed e 134
144-148
54-56
le y
St r
ee t
44-52
We
190
195
198
13 15
205-209 219
Ma
r yo
al
D
ri v
15-31
et
Que
229
233-237
4-8
238
256-260 262-268 280
We
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328
Infrastructure
222-228
246
290
263-267
24
10A
S tr e et
253-261
291-297 DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Dar by
39
e 10
8-18
239
32-42
11
201-203
st
37
214-220
t
182
136
152
re e t
135
135
150
Elliott St
72
132
203A 203
19
205-225 120-130
127-129
175
tW e st
105-107
119
l le s
167-173
Stre e
37-41
109-125
We
am
22
98-102
163
171
106-108
Stre e
t
101
92-96
67
51-63 et W es t
St r
ee t
87-89
75
ia S tr e
76-84
83 85
155
9-11
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
72-78
6-12
Lorn
89-95
t
14
S tr e
100
65-71
Stre e
65-69
en
57-59
to n
20
70-74
L an e
117
51
26
59
34
´
58
S tr eet
am
ne
46-56
Du r h
135
Vog53 el L a
t
17
h am
63
Fed e
45-49
Wy nd
48-52
t
ane
61
Mil l sL
33
rt S t re e
Ne l s
22
st L
51-53 55 57
Al b e
on
S tr
Gor
66
r al S tr e e
e et
35
41
rt S t re
9 15
1
43
Al b e
5
Map
et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
Auckland Council
ane
# # # # # #
68
100
65-69
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
65-71
# # # # # #
# # # # #
# # # # #
# # # # #
S## t##re## ## ## ## e # # # #t # #
60
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
# # # # # #
6-12
# # # # # #
4
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
# # # # # #
83 85
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
87## ## ##
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
87-89
92-96
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
ia S tr e
51-63 et W es t
Ho bs
99
43
Dur h
191
27-35
r al
210
152
St r
ee t
44-52
We
190
136
144-148
54-56
195
198
13 15
205-209 219
Ma
r yo
al
D
ri v
et 229
233-237
262-268 280
We
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
Mana Whenua
238
246
290
263-267
4-8
10A
222-228
256-260
253-261
24
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
S tr e et
Que
re e t
15-31
e 10
Dar by
239
32-42
11
201-203
st
8-18
39
37
214-220
t
182
134
135
150
Elliott St
135
le y
203A 203
19
Fed e 72
132
Mil l sL 187-189
205-225 120-130
127-129
175
tW e st
105-107
119
l le s
Stre e
22
109-125
We
am
167-173
106-108
Stre e
t
101
86
24
98-102
t
62
on
St r
ee t
66
69
rt S t re e
72-78
to r
75
26
163
171
Al b e
V ic
155
9-11
76-84
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
101
ane
# # # # # #
12
291-297
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
60 66
57-59
t#o#n#
20
70-74
Lorn
51
Kin gs
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # # #
S tr e
117
34 # # #
en
ne
26
59
L an e
135
Vog53 el L a
´
58
S tr eet
am
17
h am
63
Fed e
45-49
Wy nd
48-52
61
46-56
Du r h
Ne l s
22
st L
51-53 55 57
33
t
on
S tr
Gor
66
r al S tr e e
e et
72-80
41
rt S t re
9 15
1
43
Al b e
5
Map
et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
Auckland Council
17 V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
117
100 V
V
V
Vog53 el L a
V 135
V
V V 45-49
ne
V
51 V
V57-59 V
V V
V
V
V
34
V 60 68 V 101
87
V
V
V
V
V
V
V 72-78
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V 86
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V 119
V
V
V
V
V72
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
127-129 V
135 V V
V
134
V
V
V
V
V
V
152 V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
t 132
#
V
V 136
144-148
V 150
101
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
l le s
le y
V 54-56 V 182
V 190 V
V195
198 V
V
St r
V V
11
V
V
V
V
V yo r a V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
#
V
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Ma
#l D
ia S tr e 66
ri v
e
6-12
4
87-89
92-96
69
62
26
24
12 155 163
171
Dur h
am
167-173
Stre e
22
98-102
43
Mil l sL
20
9-11
76-84
83 85
51-63 et W es t
ane 26
70-74
65-69
t
99
175
tW e st
187-189 191
27-35
203A 203
19
210
106-108 105-107
120-130
135
#
37
214-220
205-225
109-125
e
V
13 15
V
to r
Ve t We st 44-52
V
205-209
219
V
We
Stre e
60
75
V
V
V
201-203 V
Stre e
V
r al
V
Fed e
V
St r
V
V
on
V
Ho bs
V
ee t
V
V
65-71
to n
V
VV ic
V
Kin gs
V
V
63
58
S tr eet
59
V
66
h am
8-18
Dar by
229
233-237
15-31
246
262-268 280
253-261
32-42
290
263-267
24 4-8
We
V
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328 291-297
Natural Heritage
238
256-260
239
39
10 V 10A
S tr e et
222-228
t
V
V
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
V
V
Wy nd
48-52
´
Lorn
V
V
61
et
V
V
t
V
V
ane
rt S t re e
V
22
V st L V
33
t
V
V
V
Gor
46-56
Al b e
V
on
15 V
66
51-53 55 57
S tr e
V
en
V
Que
V
L an e
V 72-80
am
V
et
V
41
Du r h
V
9
1
43
rt S t re
V
Map
Al b e
V
re e t
V
Elliott St
V
Ne l s
V
V
r al S tr e e
V
V
Fed e
V
5V
e et
V
S tr
V
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
#
Auckland Council
Kin gs
60 66
68
6-12
60
4
87
V ic
ia S tr e
51-63 et W es t 62
Ho bs
99 86
26
ane
24
187-189
210
r al Fed e 134
144-148
54-56
le y
St r
ee t
44-52
We
190
195
198
13 15
205-209 219
Ma
r yo
al
D
ri v
15-31
233-237
222-228
238
246
256-260 262-268 280 290
4-8
Natural Resources
et
Que
229
263-267
24
10A
S tr e et
253-261
We
l le
s le
300
269-287
1/304-328 291-297
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Dar by
39
e 10
8-18
239
32-42
11
201-203
st
37
214-220
t
182
136
152
re e t
135
135
150
Elliott St
72
132
203A 203
19
205-225 120-130
127-129
175
tW e st
105-107
119
l le s
Stre e
191
27-35
109-125
We
am
22
98-102
43
Dur h
167-173
106-108
Stre e
t
101
92-96
69
on
St r
ee t
66
87-89
163
171
3/304-328 0
eS tr e e
72-78
to r
75
76-84
83 85
155
9-11
Lorn
101
t
12
S tr e
100
65-71
Stre e
65-69
en
57-59
to n
20
70-74
L an e
117
51
26
59
34
´
58
S tr eet
am
ne
46-56
Du r h
135
Vog53 el L a
t
17
h am
63
Fed e
45-49
Wy nd
48-52
t
ane
61
Mil l sL
33
rt S t re e
Ne l s
22
st L
51-53 55 57
Al b e
on
S tr
Gor
66
r al S tr e e
e et
72-80
41
rt S t re
9 15
1
43
Al b e
5
Map
et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
26
28 32
10 18-26 y S t re e tE as t
Auckland Council
et
ane Mills L
et S tr e
t eS tr e e
We S t r l le s le e et y We st
Lorn
t tree
We S t r l le s le e et y E as t
Str e et
Arts, Civic and Entertainment sub-precinct A
Precincts
L or n eS
Arts, Civic and Entertainment
st
Lor ne
or ay
M
Qu e e n S tr e e t Qu e e n
Qu e S tr e n e et
We
ee t
ee t
S tr
St r
ee n
le y
Qu
l le s
al D r iv e
r al Fed e t r al S tr e e Fed e
We
et
Stre e
eet S tr bs o n
Ho DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
Vi S t r c t o r ia e et E as t
0
10
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
St
W r
ey t s l as le E el e t e
l ra yo e a M iv al Dr or y M a r iv e D al r o y e a M ri v D
en S t r ee
t
Ellio Stre tt et
rt S tr Al b e
We S t r l le s le e et y We st
S t re
st
t
lace
We
en
ee t
S tr e et
Que
St r
E llio Str e tt et
le y
Queen Street Valley
rt S t re et
l le s
ia S tr e et W es t
Al b e
We
to r
Ellio Stre tt et
e et
et Stre
F ed e ra l
V ic
Qu e
St r
ic P
rt S t re
V S t r ic t o r ia e et We st
on Ho bs
Pac if
Dur ha Lan m e
ee t
V S t r ic t o r ia e et We st
Du Stre rham et W e st
S tr
st
Dur ha Lan m D urh e a Lan m e
en
We
Stre Al b e r tS et t re et
Du Stre rham et W e st
Wy nd Stre h am et
Qu e
eet
t
S tr eet
D ur ha La n m e
V S t r ic t o r ia e et We s t V ic to r ia S tr
Stre e
h am
Dur ha Lan m e
t
to n
Al b S tr e r t e et Albe rt
Kin gs
Wy nd
Dar by
Ho b S tr s o n e et
We S t r l le s le e et y We st
´
t
r al S tr e e
t
Al b S tr e r t Al e et b S tr e r t e et
st
Map
Al b e
Ho b S tr s o n e et Ho b S tr s o n e et
Fed e
Stre e
r al S tr e e
We
to n
Fed e
eet
ne
Ho bs
St r
l La
Kin gs
ee t
Vic tor ia
ane
on
Vog e
st L
ee t
Ne l s S tr o n e et Ne l so
nS tr
Gor
Wy nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am et
St r
e et
Ne l s S tr o n e et
Ho b S tr s o n e et
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
Auckland Unitary Plan - Operative in part
ia S tr e
St r
86
203A 203
19
to r
ia S tr e et W es t
4-8
DISCLAIMER: This map/plan is illustrative only and all information should be independently verified on site before taking any action. Copyright Auckland Council. Land Parcel Boundary information from LINZ (Crown Copyright Reserved). Whilst due care has been taken, Auckland Council gives no warranty as to the accuracy and plan completeness of any information on this map/plan and accepts no liability for any error, omission or use of the
222-228
S tr e et
238
246
233-237
256-260
239
262-268
26
280
253-261
28 32
We 290 263-267 S t r l le s le e et y We st We 10 S t r l le s le e et y E as W e l le s 18-26 t S tr e et le y E a st 300 269-287
291-297
3/304-328 0
10
eS tr e e
Lor n
1/304-328
t
S tr
ee t
Zones and Rural Urban Boundary
ee n
M
10A
20
30
Meters
Scale @ A4 = 1:2,500
Date Printed: 4/03/2020
ey t sl as le E el t W t ree S
l ra yo e a M iv 10 al Dr or y a e M r iv l D ra o y e a M ri v D
205-209
Vi S t r c t o r ia e et E as t
t
al D r iv e
13 15
24
ay
201-203
32-42
11
or
195
198
We 15-31 S t r l le s le e et y We st
210
214-220
205-225
Dar by
et
Dur ha Lan m e
187-189
tree
190
39
37
175
tW e st
L or n eS
44-52
134
rt S t re et
yS t re et W e st 54-56 182
Stre e
22
V ic
8-18
135
tW e st We l le s le
Al b e
yS t re e
167-173
en S tr e
et
109-125
am
S tr eet
163
191
27-35 ia S tr e et W es t
105-107
Stre et
Dur ha Lan m e
229
132
219
rt S t re
rt S t re et
43
24
Qu
152
to r
106-108
Fe d e ral ee t St r
on Ho bs 150
V ic
h am
155
171
Dur h
Ellio Stre tt et
on
s le
136
144-148
98-102
120-130
127-129 135
et W es t Al b S tr e r t e et
ee t
62
51-63
26
12
t
69
76-84
92-96
Wy nd
20
Lorn Stre e et
to r
87-89
S tr eet
en S t r ee
V ic
75
83 85
99
Ho bs
Ho b S tr s o n e et
119 We S t r l le s le e et y We st W e l le 72
4
h am
L an e
Qu e
es t
66
101
Al b e
60
Kin gs Stre ton et
Ellio Stre tt et
72-78
65-71
Al b e
t r al S tr e e
V S t r ic t o r ia 101 e et We 87 s t V ic to r ia S tr e et W
6-12
ills
58
Dur ha Lan m D urh e am 9-11 Lane
re et
100
st
68
65-69
t
70-74
St Du A r e r ha m l be r et We S tr e e t st t A lb e Str e r t et
We
57-59
66
Stre e
´
46-56
26
E llio tt St
eet
117
60
59
Wy nd
63
t
St r
51
to n
61
Wy nd Stre h am et
48-52
r al S tr e e
135
gel L
Kin gs
34
Fed e
Vo
ane
Vic tor ia
53
Ho b S tr s o n e et
17
51-53 55 57
33
Fed e
45-49
41
Qu e S tr e e n et
Ho b S tr s o n e et
ee t St r
ane
Ho b S tr s o n e et H ob
Ne l s S tr o n e et Ne l so
22
st L
s on
nS tr
Gor
1
Wy 43 nd Stre h am Wy et nd Stre h am 66 et
M
15
72-80
e et
9
Ne l s S tr o n e et
5
Map
Qu e
Auckland Council
Auckland Unitary Plan Operative in part 15th November 2016 - LEGEND Date: 15/07/2019
NOTATIONS
Tagging of Provisions:
Appeals Pr op e r t i e sa f f e c t e db yAp p e a l ss e e ki n gc ha n g et o z on e so rma n a g e me n t l a y e r s Pr op e r t i e sa f f e c t e db yAp p e a l ss e e ki n gr e i n s t a t e me n t of ma n a g e me n t l a y e r s
[ i ] =I n f or ma t i o no n l y
[ r p] = Re g i on a l Pl a n
Proposed Plan Modifications No t i c eo f Re qu i r e me n t s Pl a nCha n g e s
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
[ r c p] = Re g i on a l Co a s t a lPl a n [ r p s] = Re g i on a l Po l i c ySt a t e me n t [ d p] = Di s t r i c t Pl a n( on l yn ot e dwhe nd u a l p r ov i s i on sa p p l y )
ZONING Residential
Rural
Re s i d e n t i a l -L a r g eL ot Z on e
Ru r a l Ru r a l Pr od u c t i o nZon e Ru r a l Mi x e dRu r a l Zon e
Re s i d e n t i a l -Si n g l eHo u s eZon e
Ru r a l Ru r a l Co a s t a l Zon e
Rural
Re s i d e n t i a l -Ru r a l a n dCo a s t a l Se t t l e me n t Zon e
Re s i d e n t i a l -Mi x e dHo u s i n gSu bu r ba nZ on e
Ru r a l Ru r a l Co n s e r v a t i o nZon e
Re s i d e n t i a l -Mi x e dHo u s i n gUr ba nZ on e
Ru r a l Co u n t r y s i d eL i v i n gZon e
Re s i d e n t i a l T e r r a c eHo u s i n ga n dAp a r t me n t Bu i l d i n g sZon e
Ru r a l Wa i t a ke r eFoo t hi l l sZon e
Business
Bu s i n e s sCi t yCe n t r eZ on e
Ru r a l Wa i t a ke r eRa n g e sZ on e
Future Urban
Bu s i n e s sMe t r op ol i t a nCe n t r eZon e
F u t u r eUr ba nZon e
Bu s i n e s sT o wnCe n t r eZon e
Gr e e nI n f r a s t r u c t u r eCo r r i d o r( Op e r a t i v ei ns o meSp e c i a l Ho u s i n gAr e a s )
Bu s i n e s sL oc a l Ce n t r eZon e
Infrastructure
Sp e c i a l Pu r p os eZ on e-Ai r p or t s&Ai r f i e l d s Ce me t e r y Qu a r r y He a l t hc a r eFa c i l i t y&Ho s p i t a l T e r t i a r yEd u c a t i on Mā or i Pu r p os e Ma jo rRe c r e a t i o nFa c i l i t y Sc ho o l St r a t e g i cT r a n s p or t Co r r i d o rZon e
Bu s i n e s sNe i g hb o u r ho o dCe n t r eZon e Bu s i n e s sMi x e dUs eZon e Bu s i n e s sGe n e r a l Bu s i n e s sZon e Bu s i n e s sBu s i n e s sPa r k Zon e Bu s i n e s sHe a v yI n d u s t r yZ on e Bu s i n e s sL i g ht I n d u s t r yZon e
Coastal
Co a s t a l -Ge n e r a l Co a s t a l Ma r i n eZon e[ r c p ]
Open space
Op e nSp a c e-Co n s e r v a t i o nZon e
Co a s t a l -Ma r i n aZon e[ r c p / d p ]
Op e nSp a c e-I n f or ma l Re c r e a t i o nZon e
Co a s t a l -Mo o r i n gZon e[ r c p ]
Op e nSp a c e-Sp or t a n dAc t i v eRe c r e a t i o nZon e
Co a s t a l -Mi n or Por t Z on e[ r c p / d p ]
Op e nSp a c e-Ci v i cSp a c e sZon e
Co a s t a l -F e r r yT e r mi n a l Zon e[ r c p / d p ]
Op e nSp a c e-Co mmu n i t yZon e
Co a s t a l -De f e n c eZon e[ r c p ]
Water [i]
Co a s t a l -Co a s t a l T r a n s i t i o nZon e
Pr e c i n c t s
Ru r a l Ur ba nBou n d a r y
I n d i c a t i v eCo a s t l i n e[ i ]
Overlays
Natural Resources
Ì Ì Ì ÌÌ Ì Ì Ì Ì ÌÌ Ì Ì Ì Ì ÌÌ Ì Ì Ì Ì ÌÌ Ì
T er r es t r i a l [r p/ d p] Ma r i n e 1[r c p] Ma r i n e 2[r c p]
Natural Heritage
Si gni f i c a nt Ec o lo gi c a l Ar ea sOv er la y@@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Wa t erSu pplyMa na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p]
WWWW WWWW
Na t u r a l St r ea mMa na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p] Na t u r a l Ur b a n
! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! !
V V V V▼ V▼V▼ ▼ V▼ V▼V▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼ ▼
L a k e Ma na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y ( Na t u r a lL a k ea n dUr b a n L a k e)
( ( ( ( ( Quali t y Sen s i t i v e Aqu i f er Ma na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p] ((((( ( ( ( ( ( Wet la n dMa na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p]
▬ ▬▬ ▬▬ ▬ ▬▬ ▬▬ ▬ ▬▬ ▬▬ ▬ ▬▬ ▬▬ ▬ ▬▬ ▬▬
Ai r po r t Appr o a c h Su r f a c e Ov er la y AAAAA AAAAA AÒ ( Ò AÒ ( AÒ ( AÒ ( A ( (Ò Ò (Ò (Ò (Ò ( (Ò Ò (Ò (Ò (Ò (
!
Na t i o na l Gr i d Co r r i d o rOv er la y
Na t i o na l Gr i dYa r dCo mpr o mi s ed
# # # #
St o c k a d e Hi ll Vi ew s ha f t Ov er la y–8 mh ei ght a r ea
Mo t o r wa yI nt er c ha n g e Co nt r o l
"
V eh i c le Ac c es s Res t i c t i o n Co nt r o l
Cen t r e Fr i n g e Of f i c e Co nt r o l Hei ght V a r i a t i o n Co nt r o l
@ @ @ @ Par k i ng V a r i a t i o n Co nt r o l @@@@ U U U U U ev el Cr o s s i n g sWi t h Si ght li n esCo nt r o l U@U@U @ U @ U L U U U U U
V U 123
Ar t er i a l Ro a d s
Designations
Ha z a r d o u sFa c i li t i es I nf r a s t r u c t u r e
Emer g en c yMa na g emen t Ar eaCo nt r o l
Ma c r o i nv er t eb r a t e Co mmu ni t yI nd ex G G G G
"
Business Park Zone Office Control
Bu i ld i n g Fr o nt a ge Co nt r o l
G G G G
Gen er a l
Controls
G G G G
) ) )
Hi s t o r i cHer i t a g e Ov er la yPla c e [r c p/ d p]
F lo w 1[r p]
EEEE p] E E E E Flow 2[r E Ç ÇE Ç ÇE Ç ÇE ÇÇ Ç Ç Ç ÇÇ Ç Ç Ç
G G G G
a c en t t oL ev el Cr o s s i ngs X X X Adj
Wa i t a k er e Ra n g esHer t a ge Ar eaOv er la y
Su b d i v i s i o n Sc h ed u le
St o c k a d e Hi ll Vi ew s ha f t [i ]
I d en t i f i edGr o wt h Co r r i d o rOv er la y
Gen er a l Co mmer c i a lF r o nt a ge
Ex t en t o f Ov er la y
Au c k la n dWa rMemo r i a l Mu s eu mVi ew s ha f t Ov er la yCo nt o u r s[i ]
Built Environment
!
Ri d g eli n e Pr o t ec t i o n Ov er la y
Au c k la n dWa rMemo r i a l Mu s eu mVi ew s ha f t Ov er la y[r c p/ d p]
Si t es&Pla c eso f Si gni f i c a nc et oMa n aWh en u aOv er la y[r c p/ d p]
KeyRet a i l Fr o nt a ge
L o c a llySi gni f i c a nt Vo lc a ni cVi ew s ha f t sOv er la yCo nt o u r s[i ]
Spec i a l Ch a r a c t er Ar ea sOv er la yRes i d en t i a la n dBu s i n es s
Mana Whenua # # # #
L o c a llySi gni f i c a nt Vo lc a ni cVi ew s ha f t sOv er la y[r c p/ d p]
Hi s t o r i cHer i t a g e Ov er la yEx t en t o f Pla c e [r c p/ d p]
Na t i o na l Gr i dYa r dUn c o mpr o mi s ed # # # #
Reg i o na llySi gni f i c a nt Vo lc a ni cVi ew s ha f t sOv er la yCo nt o u r s[i ]
Historic Heritage & Special Character
Na t i o na l Gr i dSu b s t a t i o n Co r r i d o r
# # # #
Reg i o na llySi gni f i c a nt Vo lc a ni c Vi ew s ha f t s&Hei ght Sen s i t i v e Ar ea sOv er la y[r c p/ d p]
L o c a l Pu b li cVi ew sOv er la y[r c p/ d p]
Ai r c r a f t No i s e Ov er la y
ÉÉÉÉ r yBu f f er Ar eaOv er la y É É É É Quar É É É É Nat i o na l Gr i dSu b d i v i s i o n Co r r i d o r
# # # #
Hei ght Sen s i t i v e Ar ea s
Na t u r a l
Ci t yCen t r e Po r t No i s e Ov er la y[r c p/ d p]
# # # #
Vi ew s ha f t s
Mo d i f i ed
Infrastructure # # # #
# # # #
Ou t s t a nd i n g Na t u r a lL a nd s c a pesOv er la y[r c p/ d p] Hi g h Na t u r a l Ch a r a c t erOv er la y[r c p/ d p]
Hi ghUs e Aqu i f erMa na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p]
# # # # # # # #
Ou t s t a nd i n g Na t u r a l Fea t u r esOv er la y[r c p/ d p] Ou t s t a nd i n g Na t u r a l Ch a r a c t er Ov er la y[r c p/ d p]
Hi ghUs e St r ea mMa na g emen t Ar ea sOv er la y[r p]
! ! ! ! !
No t a b le T r eesOv er la y
#
@
@
Ç Ç Ç ÇÇ Ç Ç Ç Ç Ç Ç ÇÇ Ç Ç Ç Ç Ç Ç ÇÇ Ç Ç Ç ******* ******* ******* *******
St o r mw a t erMa na g emen t Ar eaCo nt r o l
Su b d i v i s i o n Va r i a t i o n Co nt r o l Su r f Br ea k s[r c p] Ca b le Pr o t ec t i o n Ar ea sCo nt r o l [r c p] Co a s t a lI nu nd a t i o n 1per c en t AEPPlu s1 mCo nt r o l
Designations
U 200
Airspace Restriction Designations
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix B: CRL Designation Conditions
Page 36
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
CRL Designation Conditions 29 October 2019
Aotea Alteration: BROWN (confirmed 24 January 2017) Condition 27.1(b) (Swanson St diversion): ORANGE (confirmed 23 June 2017) Strata/Sub-Strata Alteration: GREEN (confirmed 22 September 2017) Mt Eden CRL and NAL Alteration: BLUE (Environment Court Decision 15/12/17) Condition 27.1(b) (second Swanson St diversion): PINK (confirmed 27 March 2018) Operational Vibration Conditions 63 & 66: PURPLE (confirmed 24 July 2018) Karangahape Station Alteration: RED (Environment Court Decision 12 April 2019, upheld by High Court Decision 25 October 2019)
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 1
Explanatory Note: The following explanatory note does not form part of the conditions. It is a non-statutory way finding explanation of how the conditions are structured, what they cover in broad terms and where referenced documents can be found. This note does not alter legal obligations and rights created by the conditions. The conditions attach to six different designations. The designations are: 2500-1
A surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and Aotea Station.
2500-2
A sub-strata designation of land below the ground surface (within road resource and private property) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and ancillary activities. This designation sits underneath the strata (protection) designation 2500-3 and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-3
A strata (protection) designation that acts as a buffer between activities on the ground surface and the sub-strata designation (2500-2) that provides for the two rail tunnels. This designation sits above designation 2500-2, starting from 5 metres below the ground surface, and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-4
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Karangahape Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Pitt Street, Beresford Square, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane.
2500-5
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Newton Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and New North Road.
2500-6
A surface designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including the rail tunnels and connections required to join the CRL to the North Auckland Railway Line (NAL). This designation is located generally between New North Road, Mt Eden Road and Boston Road in the north and the NAL in the south. It also includes land located on the southern side and adjacent to the NAL between Normanby Road and Mt Eden Road, and to the immediate east and west of Porters Avenue.
Hereafter for the purpose of this condition set the designations are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The table of contents for the conditions provides a broad overview of the subject matter. It commences with definitions and abbreviations and progresses to general conditions applicable to all designations followed by the conditions for pre-construction, construction, and operation. Under each of these
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 2
headings may be found sub-headings dealing with specific aspects of the work. There follow advice notes and appendices for: - buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys; and - heritage buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys The conditions for designation 3 conclude the suite of conditions. Set out below are a series of figures illustrating and explaining the location, extent and nature of designations 1 – 6. For precise details, please refer to the relevant designation overlays within the planning maps. Figure 1: Designations Overview Map The map below is not to scale and is intended as a visual tool only to show the location of each designation. The Land Requirement Plans and associated Schedule of Directly Affected Parties (attached to each designation) should be referred to for the actual area of land required.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 3
Figure 2: Visual explanation of the designation types Surface Designations
Sub-strata Designations
Strata Designation with Sub-strata Designation below
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 4
Figure 3: Indicative long-section of the designations across the length of the CRL
The relationship between the various plans required by designation conditions is illustrated in the diagram below:
The documents referred to in the designation conditions can be found at [insert]
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 5
Contents
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 DEFINITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 4 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 5 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 6 – Network Utility Operators Condition 7 – Community Liaison Groups Condition 8 – Mana Whenua Consultation Condition 9 – Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 10 – Outline Plan Requirements Condition 11 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 12 – Availability of Outline Plan(s) Condition 13 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 14 – Contact Person Condition 15 – Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 16 – Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management Condition 18 – “One Network” Consultation Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 19 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 20 – CEMP Requirements Condition 21 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements Condition 22 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 6
Condition 23 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review Condition 24 – Network Utilities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 25 – General Transport, Access and Parking Condition 26 – Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion Condition 27 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) Condition 28 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) Condition 29 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) Condition 30 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area) Noise and Vibration Condition 31 – Project Standards – Construction Noise Condition 32 – Project Standards – Blasting Noise Condition 33 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration Condition 34 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 35 – Project Standards – MediaWorks Condition 36 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Condition 37 – Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) Condition 38 – Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) Condition 39 – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 40 – Construct ion Noise and Vibration Management Plan – MediaWorks Built Heritage/Archaeology Condition 41 – Historic Character – Built Heritage Condition 42– Historic Character – Archaeology Condition 43 – Heritage Advisory Group and Composition Condition 44 – Heritage Advisory Group Function Condition 45 – Bluestone Wall Management Plan Building Condition Surveys Condition 46 – Process for Building Condition Surveys Urban Design Condition 47 – Urban Design Principles
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 7
Condition 48 – Mitigation Planting Requirements Condition 49 – Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles Condition 50 – Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station Condition 51 – Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area Condition 52 – Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area Condition 53 – Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area Condition 54 – Station Plan Requirements Trees and Vegetation Condition 55 – Trees and Vegetation DWP Public Art Condition 56 – Public Art DWP Contamination Condition 57 – Contamination DWP Condition 58 – Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction Air Quality Condition 59 – Air Quality DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Condition 60 – Property Management Strategy Condition 61 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Specific Design Requirements Condition 62 – Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Condition 63 – Operational Rail Vibration Condition 64 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant Condition 65 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) Condition 66 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management – Mediaworks ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX ONE – Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys APPENDIX TWO – Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 8
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – Designation 3 Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 ADVICE NOTES
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 9
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
DEFINITIONS 1 2
Consult
4
Consulting
5
Consultation
6 1 4 5
Fully operational traffic lane
May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to construction activity.
Two way access
Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.
6 1 4 5 6
Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that rely on a particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations these spaces are defined as:
1 2 4 5
The process of providing information about the construction works, and receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and proposals for the management and mitigation of them.
Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
•
Public Performance Theatres;
•
Recording Studios, both sound and television (including Mediaworks, except the specific spaces addressed by Condition 35);
•
In relation to sensitive equipment - Medical Facilities and Scientific Laboratories;
•
In relation to the requirement to record witness statements - The Auckland District Court in Albert Street
Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are not limited to): 1 2 4 5
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
1
Site Specific Construction
•
Dwellings
•
Offices
•
Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities
•
Libraries
•
Hospitals
•
Rest Homes
•
Marae and other Cultural Centres
•
Churches
•
Hotels or other accommodation facilities
These include site specific construction noise management plans (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration plans (SSCVMP), or a
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 10
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
Noise and Vibration Management Plans
1 2 4 5
Best practicable option
Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.
Historic Character
This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District Plan (Isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in conditions.
6 1 2 4
combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive receivers.
5 6
Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 1 2 4
Mana Whenua
5 6
1 2 4
Material change
5 6
4 5 6
Ngati Maru
•
Ngati Paoa
•
Ngai Tai ki Tamaki
•
Ngati Te Ata
•
Ngati Whatua o Orakei
•
Te Akitai
•
Te Kawerau o maki
•
Ngati Tamaoho
Material change will include amendment to any base information informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change. Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics:
1 2
•
Delivery Work Plans
(a)
Transport, Access and Parking;
(b)
Construction noise and vibration;
(c)
Historic Character (including Archaeology);
(d)
Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);
(e)
Trees and vegetation;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 11
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(f)
Social Impact and Business Disruption;
(g)
Air quality;
(h)
Public Art; and
(i)
Contamination.
1 2 4 5
Peak Particle Velocity
The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, longitudinal).
MediaWorks
MediaWorks means any television, radio and/or interactive media facilities which broadcast from the MediaWorks site (including any successor which conducts the same activities).
6 6
MediaWorks site means the properties at 2-3 Flower Street and 44-52 New North Road included within the following:
6
MediaWorks site
6
MediaWorks buildings
6
Studio 1
Lot 1 DP 84213
NA40B/1323
Lot 2 DP 49561
NA2063/54
Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45(blue)
NA557/190
Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 Blue
NA557/144
Lot 1 DP 60771
NA15C/727
MediaWorks buildings means the buildings located at 2 Flower Street (Lot 2 DP 49561, NA2063/54), 3 Flower Street (Lot 1 DP 84213, NA40B/1323), 40 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 80372, NA37A/545), 44 New North Road (Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/190), 4648 New North Road (Pt Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/144), and 52 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 60771, NA15C/727). Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the MediaWorks building at 3 Flower Street as shown on Diagram 1.
ABBREVIATIONS CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
NoR
Notice of Requirement
ONVMP
Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan
PPV
Peak Particle Velocity
SSCNVMP
Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 12
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following, subject to final detailed design: (a) the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings) being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets:
1 2 1
4 5 6
•
Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 and GIS4214293-100-10 Rev 5 as amended for 32 Normanby Road, dated 14 September 2015);
•
Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);
•
Plan CIV-000-DRG-0001 attached at Appendix 1 to these Conditions.
(v) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance of the Council’s section 42A report, including the following: •
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April 2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);
•
“City Rail Link – Supplementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative Construction Scenarios” prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.
(vi) Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the Council hearing, including but not limited to: •
Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;
•
“Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill) Russell Newns for Auckland Transport;
•
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and Environmental Management Plan System (Indicative)” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013;
•
“City Rail Link: Indicative Communication and Consultation Plan” prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013;
•
“Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan” submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence of Amelia Joan Linzey (Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 13
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
2013. (vii) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV-2014-AKL-000057). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0057), Design and Construction Report (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0059 and Drawings CRL¬ SYW-RME-000- DWG-0025-0030 (‘Aotea Alteration’ - CRL Designation 1); and (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYWRME-000-RPT-0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW- RME-000-MEM0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW- RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2); and (iii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-0060, Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001, dated 9/11/16) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME000-DWGDRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0102 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and 0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and CRL-EFCROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG- 0060 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0061 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0062 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0063 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16 and 0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16)(‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 6), Section 92 responses dated 20/12/16, 17/2/17 and 27/4/17; (iv) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-PAT-ENV-CON-PLN-003285, Revision 2 dated 19/12/17, Section 92 Responses dated 19/2/18. (v) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-KRD-RME-000-RPT-003, Revision 3.0 dated 2/5/17), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-KRD-RME-000-MEM-0002 FINAL, Revision 0 dated 2/5/17) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0134 Revision 2.0 dated 21/9/18 and 0135 Revision 2.0 dated 28/9/18 (Karangahape Station Alteration – CRL Designation 4), and Section 92 response dated 4/7/17, as amended to exclude any reference to the ventilation and emergency egress structures on Pitt Street and the temporary removal of canopies at 70-74 and 82-86 Pitt Street. For the avoidance of doubt these Pitt Street structures and canopy works at these locations no longer form part of the Karangahape Station Alteration. Temporary removal of canopies is limited to 55-59 and 61-65 Pitt Street and 9 Mercury Lane. 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between: (a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail; (b) The information and plans set out in conditions 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings, the most recent information and plans shall prevail; (c) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of these designations and submitted through an Outline Plan, the requirements of the management plans shall prevail. 2
1 2
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), these designations shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 10 years from the date on
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 14
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
4
Condition
which they are confirmed.
5 6 3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no later than the point at which any part or parts of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link; (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail Link or for on-going mitigation measures; and (c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.
1 2 3
4 5 6
(d) Give notice in accordance with s182 of the RMA for the drawback of the CRL designation post construction where the CRL overlaps the North Auckland Line designation (Auckland Unitary Plan reference 6300) as follows: (i) Between 4 Haultain Street and 5 Fenton Street north and south (Identification reference 7 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (ii) Between 49-51 Boston Road and Severn Street (Identification references 1, 2 and 3 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16; (iii) At 14-22 Boston Road (Identification references 5 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (iv) At 11 Water Street (Identification reference 6 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (v) At 26 and 28 Mt Eden Road (Identification references 5 and 6 on drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (vi) Over road reserve at Normanby Road between Lauder Road and Boston Road to reflect the Normanby Road overbridge (Identification reference 2 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); and (vii) At Porters Ave to reflect the location of signalling infrastructure (Identification reference 8 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16).
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager
4
1 2 4 5 6
4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is appointed. 4.2 The Communication and Consultation Manager’s contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the Requiring Authority website, the City Rail Link Website, and the Auckland Council website.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 15
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan 5.1 The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link. 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major Infrastructure Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition. 5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and complied with within 3 months from the confirmation of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 5.5 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme; (b) Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project;
5
1 2 4 5 6
(c) Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and DWPs; (d) Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within. (e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons why it hasn’t; (f) Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.6 The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties including, but not limited to: (a) All property owners and occupiers (including, subject to Condition 61.5, sub lessees) identified within the designation footprint; (b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)); (c) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT); (d) Department of Corrections; (e) Ministry of Justice;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 16
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(f) MediaWorks; (g) Network Utility Operators; (h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (i) Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited (j) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); 5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i) Newsletters; (ii) Newspaper advertising; (iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties; and (iv) The use of the project website for public information. (d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1 Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping Centre site). (e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 8 and 48); (f) The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s); (g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and (h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City Rail Link design. 5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available once finalised and for the duration of construction. 1 2 6
4 5 6
Network Utility Operators 6.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Rail Link (or a section thereof), the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 17
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; (b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. Community Liaison Groups 7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each of the following key construction areas: (a) Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1) (b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4) (c) Newton Station (Designation 5) (d) Main Construction site (Designation 6) 7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Council. 7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shall include representative(s) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following:
7
1 2 4 5 6
(a) Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property owners and occupiers; (b) CBD Residents Advisory Group; (c) The Karangahape Road Business Association; (d) Eden Terrace Business Association; (e) Heart of the City; (f) Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland; (g) St Patrick’s Cathedral; and (h) St Benedict’s Parish. 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress; (b) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community. (c) Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority. (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS. (e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 18
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link. 7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 7.6 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: (a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups; (b) Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and (c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group. 7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences. 7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans. 7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes. 7.10 The Groups shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Mana Whenua Consultation 8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an on-going role in the design and construction of the CRL Project. 8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring Authority and mana whenua. 8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following: (a) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design DWP (refer to Condition 49);
8
1
(b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54);
2
(c) Input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPs;
4
(d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and archaeological matters;
5 6
(e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mÄ tauranga MÄ ori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and (f) Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the City Rail Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in any decision making on station names. 8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project.
9
1
Network Utility Operator Liaison
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 19
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall: (a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access to network Utility operations; (b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodology, and duration being known; and (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and implementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations. 9.2 A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be provided as part of the Outline Plan. 9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utility Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects.
CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Outline Plan Requirements 10.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15); (b) The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); (c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); (d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and Notable Receiver Management Plans; and 1 2 10
4 5 6
(e) Any other information required by the conditions of this designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link. 10.2 The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 10.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: (a) Either at the same time or in parts; (b) By submitting one or more: (i) Communication and Consultation Plans; (ii) CEMP; (iii) DWPs; and (iv) SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 20
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
10.4 These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans. 10.5 Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 10.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition. Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs 11.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39), and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. 1 2 11
4 5 6
11.2 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. 11.3 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 11.4 In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline Plan(s)
1 2 12
4 5 6
13
12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: (a) CEMP; (b) DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (c) Communication and Consultation Plan. 12.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site.
1
Monitoring of Construction Conditions
2
13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and
4 5
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 21
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
6
Condition
SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. 13.2 This collaborative working process shall: (a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.
Communication and Consultation Contact Person
14
1 2 4 5 6
15
1
Communication and Consultation Plan
14.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 22
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
15.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; (b) Provide early information on key Project milestones; (c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within. 15.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint (ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)) (iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 23
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works. (vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); (viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (x) Network Utility Operators, including the process: •
To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities;
•
For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period;
•
For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements);
•
For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and
•
For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations.
(xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street (xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street (xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street (xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND) (d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; (e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; (f) Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public; (g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or (ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16. (h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours; (i) Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 24
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49); (j) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected; (k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street; (l) A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the construction works who will be communicated with; (m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and (n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network. 15.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 15.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 15.7 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers 1 16
4 5 6
16.1 A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 25
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity. 16.2 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority. Concerns and Complaints Management 17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: (a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38); 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: 1 2 17
4 5 6
(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 26
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
records of complaint. “One Network� Consultation 1 18
4 5 6
18.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.
19
1 2 4 5 6
19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. 19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 19.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a) In relation to Designation 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine);
20
1 2 4 5 6
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 27
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
21
1 4 5 6
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation; (e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 28
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); (j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas; (k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable; (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 21.2 Unless expressly agreed in writing with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre (at 7 Queen Street): (a) the Downtown construction yard (including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction of the section of CRL between Britomart and Wyndham Street; and (b) following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street shall not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of Wyndham Street. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: 22
1 2 4 5 6
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 29
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. 22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review 23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.
23
1 2 4 5 6
23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. 24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.
1 24
4 5 6
24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities,
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 30
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link; (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 31
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking General Transport, Access and Parking 25.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network. 25.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; (b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and (c) Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. 25.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP:
25
1 4 5 6
(a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion, and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities; (b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i) Form part of the regional arterial network; (ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes; (iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available. (c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i) Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site; (ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites; (iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square, Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 32
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites; (iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites; (v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites. (d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements occurring; (ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm. (e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided; (f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements. (g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 “temporary closure� is defined as the following: (i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and (ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable. (h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 33
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring; (ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and (iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works. (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network. (j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include as applicable: (i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options; (ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options; (iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and (iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options. Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion 26.1 To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option. 26.2 The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times will be: (a) The average travel times over the weekday two hour morning peak period; and (b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and (c) The average weekday inter-peak travel times between 9am to noon, noon to 2pm and 2 to 4pm. 1 26
4 5 6
26.3 The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions. 26.4 If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected period will be considered unrepresentative. 26.5 Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion. 26.6 The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic delays as follows: (a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition) (b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority).
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 34
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes. 26.7 If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at that time. 26.8 The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable. 26.9 For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes: (a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street) (b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street) (c) Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street) (d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street) (e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street) (f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street) (g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road) (h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street) (i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks (j) Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street 26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) 27.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street);
27
1
(b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties, except that: (i) While the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and (ii) While the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access lane shall be provided between Wyndham Street and Customs Street; and (iii) For a single period of up to 3 months while the cut and cover trench structure establishment works are carried out along Albert Street between Swanson Street and Customs Street, this access land is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 35
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Swanson Street West and Federal Street; and (iv) For a single period of up to 10 months while the public realm reinstatement works are carried out along Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Wolfe Street, this access lane is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street. (c) The east-west / west-east connection (two fully operational traffic lanes in each direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street during the period when the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed; (d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed; (e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed; (f) Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of Albert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access shall be provided to Wyndham Street; (g) Vehicular access into and egress from: (i)
Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and
(ii) The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided at all times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during construction. (h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (i) Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Albert Street; (j) At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are “fully accessible” with a minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit ), need to be provided in the vicinity of Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street; (k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or Federal Street north of Swanson Street; (l) During the Kingston Street closure, pedestrian access to and from the Auckland District Court’s fire escape on the north side of Kingston Street shall be maintained at all times; and (m) 18 metres of on street parking within Kingston Street shall be reserved for police at the nearest practicable location. 27.2 The Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street, Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining east-west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including: (i) How these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable,
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 36
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as practically possible; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the designation with access onto Galway Street, Tyler Street, Queen Elizabeth Square, Customs Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, will be mitigated through: (i) Providing vehicle access to private property as practicably possible at all times; (ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties located along Albert Street (which may include only left in, left out access); (iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; and; (iv) Providing an on street loading bay on Customs Street, Lower Albert Street or Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street if access during construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; and; (v) Providing access for loading and unloading of goods between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West. (d) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus users, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off locations in the city centre area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic, Access and Parking DWP); and (ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or Queen Elizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and Customs Street; and (e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street. Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) 28.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented: (a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and (b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained. 28
4
28.2 The Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 37
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
surrounding road network; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction); (iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) 29.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road / New North Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road and New North Road , Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; 29
5
(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly for those businesses and residences located along Symonds Street and Dundonald Street; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure. How the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be able to arrange such alternative car parking at the Burleigh Street car park. (d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking within this area
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 38
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (NAL Area) 30.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) The retention of at least two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge; (b) During the closure of the Normanby Road level crossing to construct the grade separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be signalised and a second traffic lane shall be provided on the Boston Road approach to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and considered for any adjacent local roads to facilitate through traffic; (c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail line) at Normanby Road is to be provided for the period of the temporary closure of the Normanby Road connection; (d) Access will be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum 3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites within Flower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New North Road, at all times; (e) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles to all accessways to the MediaWorks site including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles; (f) Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion (particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road; 30
6
(g) Providing accessibility along Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where practicable: public transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for pedestrians, and cyclists; (h) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road (including staff and visitors’ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicles and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two-way access for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road; (i) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking; (iii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iv) It is noted that the site is used occasionally by large trucks of up to 18m. These vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle crossing and the access onto the site); (v) Following completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 51-63 Normanby Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 39
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
standard required by the road controlling authority. (j) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and two-way vehicle access is maintained at all times to access the premises at 32 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iii) Should the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City Rail Link 34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road (in accordance with Plans DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG-0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16). The Requiring Authority shall provide safe pedestrian access across the North Auckland Line and into the site for customers and staff, visiting or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site. (k) At completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car parking spaces will be provided for the property at 32 Normanby Road. In the case of pedestrian and vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will be in accordance with Plans DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16, and meet the following requirements: (i) The ramp access will meet relevant Austroads, NZS2890.2 and the Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section design standards; (ii) The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining KiwiRail property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and manoeuvring; (iii) The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian access to the site will be subject to the urban design process of Condition 47; and (iv) Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the KiwiRail land in the area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and if appropriate beyond the site (in accordance with Condition 47.2). Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are 1m for the section shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of the ramp. (l) The KiwiRail land required by condition (k) above for car parking spaces, landscaping and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the landowner. (m) Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land identified on the CRL NOR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393, 394, 399, 400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 40
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland Council. (n) Access to Water Street to and from Mt Eden Road for CRL construction related heavy commercial vehicles shall be limited to left-in and left-out movements only. (o) Access to 14-22 Boston Road from Normanby Road shall be restricted to left-in and left-out movements only; the exception to this will be when Normanby Road is closed; and (p) During the temporary works along Boston Road, a 1.8m wide footpath on the north side of the street, in addition to two 3.0m wide traffic lances shall be provided on Boston Road between Normanby Road and Khyber Pass. A safe temporary pedestrian crossing facility shall be provided at the western extent of Active Construction Zone M1. 30.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road network in general in this area including: (b) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; (c) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (d) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (e) Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of vehicle lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of these three two routes at a time; (f) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection , Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (g) How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 41
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Retaining local vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the vicinity of, the construction works; and (h) How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge. Noise and Vibration Project Standards - Construction Noise 31.1 Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40): Monday to Saturday 0700 – 2200
Sundays and Public Holidays
Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)
75 dB LAeq
75 dB LAeq
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices)
75 dB LAeq 90 dB LAFmax
65 dB LAeq 1
Receiver Type
1 31
4 5 6
Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)
At all other times
0700 – 2200
80 dB LAFmax
2200 – 0700
75 dB LAeq
2
60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 42
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas
Notes: 1. 60dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and 2. 75dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6. 31.2 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999 Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required. 32.1 Prior to commencement of production blasts (ie. blasting that is undertaken as part of the construction process), trial blasts (ie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production blasts for the purpose of data acquisition), shall be undertaken to demonstrate how adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4 will be achieved in production blasting. Trial blasts will determine site-specific attenuation characteristics, air overpressure levels and maximum instantaneous charge weight (MIC) thresholds. Outcomes shall be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting. 32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shall not exceed 120 dB LZpeak at the facade of any occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives.
32
6
32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB LZpeak at the facade of any unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.4 Unless a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an alternative blasting vibration standard: (a) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and 15mm/s for 100% blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of DIN 4150-3:1999. (b) Vibration from blast events shall not in any case exceed the limits specified in Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33. 32.5 For the purposes of 32.2 and 32.3, a building is deemed to be occupied if there are persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out (eg. at work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied). 32.6 Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm, Monday to Saturday only. 32.7 Comprehensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior to every blast event. 32.8 Blasting shall not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 43
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
vibration levels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any building. 32.9 These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37. Project Standards - Construction Vibration 33.1 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40) Type of Structure
Short-term (transient) vibration1
PPV at the foundation at a frequency of
1 2 4 33
5 6
Long-term (continuous) vibration
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
1-10Hz (mm/s)
10-50 Hz (mm/s)
50-100 Hz (mm/s)
Commercial/ Industrial
20
20 – 40
40 – 50
40
10
Residential/ School
5
5 – 15
15 – 20
15
5
Historic or sensitive structures
3
3–8
8 – 10
8
2.5
Note: 1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition. 33.2 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity) 34.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: 1 2 34
4 5 6
(a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom. 34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 44
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no concern from the occupant of the building. 34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38). Project Standards – MediaWorks
6
35
35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shall apply only during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of MediaWorks, Sensitive Times are defined as follows: (a) During scheduled live broadcasting (b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting (c) During scheduled recording sessions If the limits are complied with in Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other Studios will be acceptable. For the avoidance of doubt, (a)-(c) above include sound checks as well as actual broadcast/recording time. 35.2 Noise Limits – Studios The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 30dB LAeq (5 min) and 33 dB LAeq (1 sec). These limits apply to the construction component of the total noise. However for up to two periods of tunnelling, each no more than 15 consecutive days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB LAeq (5 min) and 38 dB LAeq (1 sec)) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as follows: (a) Weekdays: 0600-0900 hours 1200-1230 hours 1730-1930 hours 2230-2330 hours (b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following New Years Day inclusive) and weekends: 1730-1900 hours The Requiring Authority must give MediaWorks at least 12 days notice of the commencement of each such period. 35.2A Rockbreaking shall not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m of the MediaWorks site during Sensitive Times unless compliance with the noise limits in Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in the SSCNVMP. 35.3 Vibration Limits – Studios For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level (including blasting) as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks where image quality is found to be unaffected. 35.4 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken at a position that is representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar height to, the microphone of the main presenter(s). 35.5 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the studio closed.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 45
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use. 35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration level shall not exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times. 35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration (including blasting) level shall not exceed 200mg (2m/s2) between 5-500Hz. Levels are to be measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment. 35.9 All attended noise and vibration measurements shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced expert. 35.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the MediaWorks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and 66) only apply for so long as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities broadcast from the MediaWorks site. 35.11 Blasting shall not occur during MediaWorks Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1). Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorks and as documented in the SSCNVMP. Construction Noise and Vibration DWP For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers. 36.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: (a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations; 1 2 36
4 5 6
(b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and (c) Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects. 36.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: (a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects; (b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday; (c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels; (d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34; (e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect; (f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; (g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 46
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers; (i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i) The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34); (ii) Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and (iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration; (j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver; (k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i) Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities; (ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; (iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide); (iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration; (v) Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources; (vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and (vii) Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; (l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects.
37
1
Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP)
2
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks.
4
37.1 The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not
5
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 47
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
6
Condition
comply with the Project Noise Standards. 37.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed : (a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months (b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days 37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared. 37.4 In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at: (a) 1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403); (b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); (c) 29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037) (d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and (e) 23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724). 37.5 SSCNMPs will identify: (a) The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or the overpressure limits in Condition 32; (b) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (c) Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation, faรงade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 37.6 The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan.
38
1
Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP)
2
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks.
4
38.1 The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with
5
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 48
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
6
Condition
the Project Vibration Standards. 38.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared: (a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33; (b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b); (c) In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17).; (d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4. 38.3 Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: (a) Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and (b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4 The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place. 38.5 SSCVMPs will identify: (a) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance; (c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to, investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking highvibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 38.6 The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan.
Notable Receivers 39
1
Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
2 4
For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks. 39.1 Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 49
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.2 In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.3 The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2. 39.4 The SSCNVMP shall include: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40; (b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver; (c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver; (e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods; (f) A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not; (g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver; 39.5 If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit); (b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (c) The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers; (d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 50
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
management; and (e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver. 39.6 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
40
6
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan – Mediaworks Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for MediaWorks implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1 The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and 40.8. 40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.3 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.4 All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building façade(s) from proposed construction scenarios. The façade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms. 40.5 All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied, taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site. 40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks. 40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in Condition 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8, or reradiated noise within 3 decibels of the limits in Condition 35.2, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance, applying the transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noise. These measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 51
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
shall be set out in the SSCNVMP. 40.9 The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine compliance with conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.10 Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.67 relating to office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person. 40.11 The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7, and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following: (a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance; (b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration levels; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week. 40.12
40.13
If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP. Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Character – Built Heritage 1 2 41
4 5 6
41.1 The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 41.2 The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic Character DWP:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 52
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at 223-227 Symonds Street. (b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through: (i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36; (ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1; (iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan. (c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used / partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B); (ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be: (i) Adaptively reused; (ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City Rail. (iv) In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Martha’s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; (f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and (g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 53
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(h) That the detailed design of the reinstated and/or replacement canopies on heritage buildings shall be based on an engineered architectural design which replicates the present installations, and/or recovers original (historical) construction and architectural detail. Historic Character - Archaeology 42.1 A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 42.2 The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 42.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting requirements are to be clearly identified; (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preliminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological remains including: (i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the discovery; 1 42
4 5 6
(ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered); (iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within 24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 54
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to archaeology. Heritage Advisory Group and Composition 43.1 The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and 45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose members will not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority's and consent authority's nominees. 43
1
43.2 Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group. 43.3 The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as necessary to fulfil its functions. All costs associated with the role and function of the Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using the process set out in this condition. Heritage Advisory Group Function 44.1 The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessment of the alternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall and the Martha’s Corner building. 44.2 In relation to Bluestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other reasonably practicable methods; or
44
1
(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.3 In relation to Martha’s Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha’s Corner adhere to the intent of Condition 41; or (b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.4 The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory Group’s certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 55
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Bluestone Wall Management Plan 45.1 A Bluestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link. 45.2 The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best practicable option. 45
1
45.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Bluestone Wall Management Plan: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall; (b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of the City Rail Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall, within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and (c) The option selected by the Requiring Authority. 45.4 The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZHPT and the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).
Building Condition Surveys Process for Building Condition Surveys 46.1 Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) “Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation�. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include:
46
1
(a) Age of the building;
2
(b) Construction types;
4
(c) Foundation types;
5
(d) General building condition;
6
(e) Proximity to any excavation; (f) Whether the building is earthquake prone; and (g) Whether any basements are present in the building. 46.2 Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 33: (a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP; (b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy of the completed survey report;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 56
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(c) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment; (d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer; (e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments; (f) The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition assessment has been undertaken. (g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building. (h) The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine whether the building is classified as Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33. 46.3 During construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise of the structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will met by the Requiring Authority. 46.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment; (b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and 46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 46.3(b) or 46.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building. Urban Design 1 47
4 5 6
Urban Design Principles 47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context. 47.2 An Urban Design DWP shall be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 57
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and Landscape Plan: (a) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49; (b) Movement and Connections – (i) Existing Networks - Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely change the function of existing public open space, street networks and infrastructure. (ii) Entrance Location - Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian routes and destinations. (iii) Intuitive Orientation - The location and nature of structures resulting from the CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and support a legible street network. (iv) Way Finding - Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and way finding. (v) Mode Integration - Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride should be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public realm. (vi) Bicycle Parking – Appropriate numbers of safe bicycle storage or parking should be provided in each station environment. (vii) Street Crossings - Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions. (viii) Footpaths – Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for pedestrians entering and exiting the stations. (ix) Grade separated rail crossings – Structures associated with grade separated rail crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may include: a.
Utilising permeable balustrades on overbridges;
b.
Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;
c.
Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;
d.
Providing appropriate levels of lighting (in accordance with the Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for “Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and
e.
Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual amenity.
(x) Grade separated rail crossings – Permeable balustrades on overbridges should be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shall be permeable including without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32 Normanby Road. (xi) The Porters Avenue Bridge (lift and bridge structure above finished ground level)
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 58
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
shall be located no closer than 3.5m from the property boundary of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND). Foundation support (i.e. below finished ground level) for the bridge may extend closer but shall not cross the property boundary. (xii) The design of the Porters Avenue and Fenton Street pedestrian/cycle bridges shall: a.
Minimise loss of privacy on adjacent residential sites, including by locating the pedestrian/cycle bridge in the western half of the Avenue;
b.
Ensure the lifts are through lifts to carry bicycles; and
c.
Incorporate bicycle push ramps into the side of the pedestrian stairways.
(xiii) The extensions to Ruru Street and Nikau Street shall generally be undertaken in accordance with the indicative road layout shown on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16. (c) Public Realm and Landscape – (i) Existing Streetscape – Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space. (ii) Universal Access – Station environments should promote universal access (e.g. footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces). (iii) Safe Environments – Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public spaces that are well lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths. (iv) Reinstated Surfaces - The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (v) Station Plazas - The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (vi) Public Art - Integration of art and design should foster local identity and character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particular traits of the local community. (vii) Landscape Planting – Plant species used in station environments and/or as part of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the area’s pre-human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species which connect strongly with Mana Whenua cultural narratives. (viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the road reserve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage. (ix) Utility Structures - Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services) should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where possible these structures should be integrated with other buildings. (x) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shall be undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider mitigation works required for those properties (e.g. vehicle parking and access
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 59
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
requirements). 47.3 The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives. 47.4 The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail Link being operational. Auckland Council Urban Design Panel 47.5 The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or other equivalent entity (if any) at that time) and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on: (a) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the principles listed in 47.2 and 49.1; (b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles listed in Condition 54.1. 47.6 As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time); (b) Provide detail of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time) and, where they have not, the reasons why; (c) Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not been incorporated; (d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Mitigation Planting Requirements
1 48
4 5 6
48.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. It is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree and vegetation removal will be considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47. 48.2 Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in accordance with this plan within the first planting season following the City Rail Link being operational. If the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in consultation with the Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 48.3 The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting.
49
1
Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles
4
49.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 60
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
(a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its development in relation to the implementation and interpretation of the Principles set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua principles set out below: (i) Mana / Rangatiratanga – As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau, Iwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders including the Requiring Authority and Auckland Council which recognise their Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership relationships can then inform engagement with AT / Council at all levels including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to actualising the other 6 principles. (ii) Whakapapa – Names and genealogical connections– reviving names revives mana through Iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives associated with them. An Iwi inventory of names associated with a given site can be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop design, interpretation and artistic responses. (iii) Tohu – Acknowledging the wider significant Iwi cultural land marks associated with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts, entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape connections and as way finding / location devices. (iv) Taiao – Exploring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) – promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai (food gathering areas) and living sites. (v) Mauri tu – Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health / life essence of the wider site – in particular focusing on the quality of wai / water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. In particular any puna or underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where possible. It is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku through carefully planned ground works. (vi) Mahi toi – Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re-inscribe iwi narratives into architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art. (vii) Ahi kaa – need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi / hapu to resume ahi-kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new station precincts; and (b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan.
50
1
Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station 50.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 61
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works: (a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs Street; (b) Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and (c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by surface construction works; and (d) Kingston Street. 50.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayoral Drive are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area 51.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works): (a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt Street; and (b) Mercury Lane. 51.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum: (a) How the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. (b) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements. 51
4
(c) With reference to condition 47.2(c)(ii), in Mercury Lane how either a maximum gradient of 1 in 12 for the footpath and approaches to the Station will be achieved, or the compensatory measures to be introduced to address a steeper grade. The number and location of any pause points to improve accessibility should be identified, taking into account other users of the footpath. 51.3 Final public realm design for Mercury Lane shall include the following features: (a) The widening of footpaths of both sides of Mercury Lane between Karangahape Road and the station entrance including the provision of level pause points at intervals within the paved areas with seats and soft landscaping; (b) The forming of a new public laneway between Mercury Lane and East Street, beside the southern edge of the station entrance building; (c) The forming of a raised street surface pedestrian crossing between Cross Street and the station entrance; (d) New street lighting to Mercury Lane; and (e) Resurfacing of all roadway surfaces affected by the works.
52
5
Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area 52.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 62
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden Road and Symonds Street. Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area 53.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include the following: (a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area will be maintained during the construction period. (b) Restoration Plans showing how the following are to be restored after construction completion: 53
6
(i) The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge; (ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue; (iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and (iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway, between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount Eden Station. (c) How the bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link at Mt Eden Station are integrated with the components of the Mt Eden Station located in the adjacent North Auckland Line designation. Station Plan Requirements 54.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as required) and include the following: (a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the station/s; (b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into account the following principles: (i) Overarching - stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport experience. (ii) Function - stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions.
1 54
4 5
(iii) Performance - stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that responds to climate, site and social economics. (iv) Personality - stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity. (v) Existing and New Building Structures. (vi) Built Heritage: •
•
Where built heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements, adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building’s role in establishing the streetscape and urban character. The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact on, and disturbance of, Built heritage listed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.
(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing: •
Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding built urban form.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 63
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
• •
•
Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended. Karangahape Road station building(s) should be sensitively designed so as to contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt Street and the upper end of Beresford Street. The redevelopment of land acquired for the Newton Mt Eden Station provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing: This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the station; or Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.
(viii) Active Frontage – Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways or station plaza areas provided that this doesn’t conflict with the operation requirements of the station. Where no active frontage is proposed, an explanation of the reasons shall be outlined in the Urban Design DWP. (ix) Weather Protection – Where practicable, station entrances should provide some weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.) and these should be considered as part of the design. (x) Adaptability – The design of structures resulting from the City Rail Link should be able to adapt to change over time (e.g. change of uses, innovations in technology etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional entrances) that may become possible in the future. The station design should not inhibit wider development opportunities (e.g. above or around station entrances). (xi) Identity – The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that reflects their respective context and local cultural identity. They could reflect, respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or Mana Whenua heritage, history, art, particular traits of the local community and unique architectural and urban forms of the area. (xii) Construction Quality – The design and construction of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be of a quality that lasts over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons. (xiii) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49. (c) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and (d) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Trees and Vegetation
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 64
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Trees and Vegetation DWP 55.1 A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 55.2 The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation. 55.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:
1 55
4 5 6
(a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation.
Public Art Public Art DWP 56.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. 56.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable: 56
1
(a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly affected by the construction of the City Rail Link; (b) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close proximity to the City Rail Link construction works. 56.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and implemented as required: (a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as "Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 65
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal, storage, re-establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (b) The process that will be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection. 56.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed public art works as part of any protection or removal process. 56.5 Should the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with. Contaminated Land Contamination DWP 57.1 A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 57.2 The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction. 57.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required: (a) A health and safety plan that addresses: (i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and 1 57
4 5 6
(ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination; (b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil / material; (c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of contaminated soil / material; (d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded; (e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination); (f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil / material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist; (g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil / material will be recorded and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 66
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
tracked; (h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / material will be established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas; (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil / material. Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction 1 58
4 5 6
58.1 At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.
Air Quality Air Quality DWP 59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. 59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site); 1 59
4 5 6
(b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required; (c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours; (d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site; (e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required; (f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces; (g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 67
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; (h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; (i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: (i) Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or (ii) Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and (j) Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting; (k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality. Social Impact and Business Disruptions Property Management Strategy 60.1 The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit the Strategy to Auckland Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for confirmation that the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition.
1 60
4 5 6
60.2 The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a manner that: (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the existing use of the land; (b) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase by the Requiring Authority; (c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located; (d) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicable; and (e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction. Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP
1 61
4 5 6
61.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 61.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided,
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 68
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
remedied or mitigated; (b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (c) How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and (d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. 61.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties to: (a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses; (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link; (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and (d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including: (i) The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP; (ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction; (iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach; (iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer information on temporary parking or parking options for access; (v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements; (vi) The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction; (vii) If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and (viii) The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project. 61.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 69
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
report (2013); (b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation); (c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 61.3 above); (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity; (f) Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition; (g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and (h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 61.5 In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise. 61.6 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. 61.7 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11. 61.8 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups. Specific Design Requirements 62
2
62.1 The operational tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at 152 Vincent Street.
OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Operational Rail Vibration 63.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR:
63
Building Type 1
Vibration Criteria
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 ÂľPa)
PPV (mm/s)
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 70
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.2
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.15
35
Auditoria/Theatres1
0.1
30
TV/Recording Studios
0.06
25
Note: 1. 2.
Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. This includes Albert Street District Court.
63.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. Operational Rail Vibration 63A.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type
Vibration Criteria
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 µPa)
Velocityᵌ (mm/s)
2 4 63A
5 6
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.14
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.1
35
Auditoria/Theatres1
0.1
30
0.045
25
TV/Recording Studios Note:
1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. 2. This includes Albert Street District Court. 3. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper frequency limit of 80 Hz. 63A.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level (1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63A.3 For the avoidance of doubt the Project Criteria in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 do not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63A.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 71
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on the line and shall include maintenance activities, unless such maintenance activities are undertaken after 11.30pm or before 6.00am. 63A.5 Subject to Condition 66.4 in the case of MediaWorks, when assessing operational rail vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings. Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant 64.1 Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail sections of the City Rail Link shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the following Project Criteria:
1
Location
Period
Auckland Central Area
7.00am to 11:00pm
65
11:00pm to 7:00am
60
7.00am to 10:00pm
60
10:00pm to 7:00am
55
2 64
dB LAeq
dB LAFmax 75
4 5 6
Auckland Isthmus Area
75
64.2 Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise”. 64.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)
1 2 65
4 5 6
65.1 To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the CRL, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the City Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. . 65.2 The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives; (b) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 72
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(c) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the City Rail Link, for the operational life of the City Rail Link; (d) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls (where relevant); and (e) The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices. 65.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. 65.4 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. Operational Noise and Vibration Management – MediaWorks 66.1 At least six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shall provide a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and to MediaWorks. The report shall confirm the trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational noise and vibration will not exceed the levels as set out in Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5. 66.2 The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnel structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point of the CRL tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during the operation of the CRL (but only for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site). The monitoring regime shall: (a) Be based on measurements with an upper frequency limit of 500 Hz; Note: The upper monitored frequency band of 500Hz reflects the supplier’s permissible criteria specified for equipment operated by MediaWorks. (b) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration; 66
6
(c) Capture every train pass-by on the line which may be triggered by vibration level radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method; (d) Ensure the retention of the RMS data for every train pass-by on the line; (e) Ensure the transmission of RMS data for every train pass-by to the Requiring Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the monitoring location; (f) Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and MediaWorks are alerted to RMS values exceeding a value at the tunnel monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the limits specified in Condition 63A.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate preventative maintenance of tracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding exceedences of the noise and vibration limits at the MediaWorks building. The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 73
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1. 66.3 Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5 shall be complied with at the MediaWorks building for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site. 66.4 Noise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008 Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, except that all references to people, persons and body in that clause shall apply to equipment as well. 66.5In addition to compliance with the criteria set out in Condition 63A.1 relating to TV/Recording Studios, and for the purpose of monitoring the effects of vibration on camera shake, the vibration arising from train pass-bys shall at all times comply with a vibration limit of 1m/s2 between 5Hz and 500Hz when measured on the floor of the MediaWorks filming studios. 66.6 In the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during a Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63A shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable. ADVICE NOTES
1 AN1
4 5 6
1 2 AN2
4 5 6 1 2
AN3
4 5 6 1 2
AN4
4
The Requiring Authority will require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks programme. In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests. The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners. Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out. Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.
5 6 AN5
1 2
Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 74
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
4 5 Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
AN6
6
AN7
1
Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport designation.
AN8
6
Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by the City Rail Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 75
Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 36 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. Note that those buildings classed in the “heritage� category are covered under the Appendix Two below. In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings:. No
Address
Property Known As
1
8-12 Albert Street
Quay West Hotel
2
17 Albert Street
Cohesive Technology House
3
22-26 Albert Street
The Stamford
4
74 Albert Street
Chifley Suites
5
76-84 Albert Street
City Gardens Apartments
6
103,105,107 Albert Street
Manhattan Apartments
7
109-125 Albert Street
Sky City - Grand Hotel & Convention Centre
8
106-108 Albert Street
Elliot Tower (Proposed)
9
128 Albert Street
Crown Plaza
10
103 Vincent Street
YWCA Accommodation
11
109 Vincent Street
The Rodney Apartments
12
113 Vincent Street
Winsun Heights Apartments
13
135 Vincent Street
Dynasty Gardens Hotel
14
150 Vincent Street
The City Lodge
15
156 Vincent Street
Eclipse Apartments
16
71-87 Mayoral Drive
Rendezvous Grand Hotel
17
29,39,41 Pitt Street
Hopetoun Delta Apartments
18
22-28 Beresford Square
The Beresford
19
259-281 Karangahape Road
Retail and Residential building
20
14 East Street
Residential Building
21
9 A-C Mercury Lane
Residential Building
22
18 East Street
Residential Building
23
153 Newton Road
Beatnik
24
10 Flower Street
Eden Terrace Apartments
25
1 Akiraho Street
Eden Oaks
26
21 Queen Street
Zurich House (Anzo Tower)
27
7 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
28
9-11 Albert Street
Food Alley
29
23-29 Albert Street
ANZ Centre
30
12-26 Swanson Street
Affco House Carpark
31
58 Albert Street
APN NZ Complex
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 76
No
Address
Property Known As
32
63 Albert Street
AMI House
33
65-69 Albert Street
Auckland District Court
34
38 Wyndham Street
Wyndham Towers
35
92-96 Albert Street
Former Telecom Tower
36
85 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
37
87-89 Albert Street
Albert Plaza
38
99 Albert Street
AA Building
39
135 Albert Street
ASB Building
40
120 Albert Street
BDO Tower
41
44-52 Wellesley Street West
Wellesley Centre
42
67-101 Vincent Street
Auckland Police Station
43
22 Dundonald Street
Soundcraft Ltd
44
3 Flower Street
TV3 Building
45
32 Normanby Road
Commercial Building
46
3 Enfield Street
Horse and Trap
47
101 Mount Eden Road
Hometune
48
1 Ngahura Street
Auckland Boxing Association
49
1 Queen Street
HSBC House
50
125 Queen Street
New World Supermarket tenancy
51
148 Quay Street
Tenham Investments and Body Corporate 184960
52
29 Customs Street West
AMP Centre
53
15-19 East Street
54
32 Akiraho Street
55
83 Albert Street
56
4 Kingston Street
57
6-12 Kingston Street
Bear Park Early Childhood Centre
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 77
Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings: No
Address
Property Known As
1
12 – 32 Customs Street
Customs House
2
2 Queen Street
Endeans Building
3
12 Queen Street
4
3 Albert Street
West Plaza
5
13 Albert Street Auckland Central
Yates Building
6
15 Albert Street
Link House
7
35 Albert Street Auckland Central
Price Buchanan Building
8
37 – 39 Albert Street Auckland Central
9
41 Albert Street
10
46 Albert Street
11
49 Albert Street Auckland Central
12
53 Albert Street Auckland Central
13
55 Albert Street
14
57 Albert Street
15
61 Albert Street Auckland Central
Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery
16
76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland Central
Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall
17
83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland Central
18
102 Albert Street
19
26, 34 – 36 Wyndham Street
Former Gas Co Building
20
9 – 11 Durham Street
Bluestone Store
21
37-43 Victoria Street West
22
51-53 Victoria Street West
23
61-65 Victoria Street West
24
66 Victoria Street West
London Dairy
25
68 Victoria Street West
J H Hannan
26
24 Wellesley Street West
Bledisloe House
27
15-31 Wellesley Street West
Former CPO - Britomart Transport Centre
New Zealand Herald
Martha’s Corner
Archibald and Sons Warehouse/ T & G Building
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 78
No
Address
Property Known As
28
42 Wellesley Street
Griffiths Holdings Building
29
33 Wyndham Street
30
Aotea Square Aotea Centre (rear section)
31
11 Mayoral Drive
Former Public Trust
32
105 Vincent Street
Auckland Chinese Presbyterian Church
33
133 Vincent Street
Juliette’s
34
53 Pitt Street
Former Central Ambulance Station
35
59 Pitt
36
65 Pitt Street
37
70 – 74 Pitt Street
The Chatham
38
78 Pitt Street Pitt Street
Wesleyan Church
39
78 Pitt Street
Wesleyan Bicentennial Hall
40
1 Beresford Square Auckland Central
Former Pitt Street Fire Station
41
16 – 18 Beresford Square
42
211-235 Karangahape Road
43
238 Karangahape Road
George Court Building
44
1 Cross Street
George Court Factory Building
45
243 Karangahape Road
Naval and Family Hotel
46
246-254 Karangahape Road
Hallenstein Brothers Building
47
251 – 253 Karangahape Road
48
256 Karangahape Road
49
257 Karangahape Road
50
258-266 Karangahape Road
51
268 Karangahape Road
52
259-261 Karangahape Road
53
270 Karangahape Road
54
283 Karangahape Road
Samoa House
55
9 Mercury Lane
Mercury Theatre former Kings Theatre
56
151 Newton Rd
Retail/Recording Studio
57
206-208 Symonds Street
58
210 Symonds Street Retail
Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley’s Corner)
Mercury Theatre entrance - Norman Ng Building
Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike Shop French Café
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 79
No
Address
Property Known As
59
215 Symonds Street
Edinburgh Castle Building
60
221 Symonds Street
61
224 Symonds Street
62
227 Symonds Street
63
231 Symonds Street Retail
64
233 Symonds Street
65
235 Symonds Street
66
237 Symonds Street
67
239-241 Symonds Street
68
243 Symonds Street
69
245 Symonds Street
70
249 Symonds Street
71
253 Symonds Street
72
1-13 Mt Eden Road
73
15-17 Mt Eden Road
74
21 New North Road
75
14 New North Road
Villa Dalmacija
76
St Patrick’s Square 43 Wyndham Street
St Patrick’s Cathedral
77
59 Alex Evans Street
St Benedict’s Church
78
1 – 9 St Benedicts Street
St Benedict's Presbytery
79
6 St Benedicts Street
Residential
80
43 Wyndham Street & Hobson Street
St Patrick’s Presbytery
81
Beresford Square
Forrester’s Hall
Former Post Office
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 80
Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – NoR for Designation 3 Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designation 3) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following: (a) The information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets: (i) Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012); 1
3
(ii) Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000MEM-0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2 and 3). (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT0060 Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001 dated 9/11/16) and Drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/17) (‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 3 and 6). 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail.
2
3
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), this designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which it is confirmed. 3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at completion of detailed design:
3
3
(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR Designation 3 required to protect the structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at Condition 5.5); (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary to protect the structural integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and (c) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 81
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
4.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction of the City Rail Link, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; 4
3
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms of safety, operation or construction. 5.2 The Requiring Authority will work with developers in a collaborative manner and may require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1. 5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for development including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures.
5
3
5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the CRL, 5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following: (a) Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures; (b) Foundation and basement designs; (c) Geotechnical conditions; (d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development; (e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction; (f) The predicted loading change on the CRL structures resulting from the development; and (g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 82
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the designation as provided for in Condition 3.1. 5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner/ developer and the Auckland Council for information. Advice Notes relating to the Designation
AN 1
AN 2
3
This is a designation for protection purposes only. It protects the City Rail Link infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in section 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.
3
If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 83
Diagram 1
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 84
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix C: Auckland to North Auckland Line (A2N) Regional Consent Conditions
Page 37
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
CONDITIONS Definitions ACZ – Active Construction Zone AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/ Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 13 May 2016 AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan CLG - Community and Business Liaison Group Commencement of construction or construction works – in all conditions which refer to ‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks, excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out, alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that Act. CRL – City Rail Link CSA – Construction Support Areas CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Plan FTMP – Flocculent Treatment Management Plan GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 91 to make recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters and otherwise carry out the functions ascribed to the IBA under these conditions. Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 30 Management Plan/s means one or all of the following:
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)
In Consent: REG/2016/1892
1
Address: Wyndham Street, Auckland Central to NAL, Mt Eden Station
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)
Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Mana Whenua - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho
NAL – North Auckland Line PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Plan – any Management Plan or other plan prepared under these conditions including any plan applicable to a stage of the works Project – the CRL Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section, or any stage of the Project. Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is referred under Condition 8. Senior Qualified Person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng)) or similar field; or having sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent; and having at least five years’ professional experience. Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and power. SVR - Site Validation Report TP90 - Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control: Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to TP90 See also definitions specific to resource consents, namely, Water Permit R/REG/2016/1890 Take and Diversion of Groundwater. General Conditions These conditions apply to all resource consents. Activity in accordance with application 1.
The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application, detailed in Appendix 5, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. Advice note: Relevant plans may be updated as part of the Management Plan process referred to in these conditions.
2
2.
If there is any conflict between the application documents and the conditions of these resource consents, the conditions of the resource consents will prevail.
3.
The requirements of these conditions, including requirements for Management Plans and reports, shall relate to the Project or any stage of the Project (as applicable).
4.
Under section 125 of the RMA, this consent lapses 10 years after the date it is granted unless:
5.
a.
The consent is given effect to; or
b.
The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.
The Consent Holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring charge of $8000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to recover the actual and reasonable costs incurred to ensure compliance with the conditions of these consents. Advice note: The initial monitoring deposit is to cover the cost of inspecting the site, carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc., all being work to ensure compliance with the resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable costs of monitoring conditions in excess of those covered by the deposit, costs shall be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The Consent Holder will be advised of further monitoring charges. Only after all conditions of the resource consents have been met, will the Council issue a letter confirming compliance at the request of the Consent Holder.
Copies of Resource Consents 6.
All personnel working on the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and plans, and the certified Management Plans.
Site Access 7.
Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of the Council shall be permitted to have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections, surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples.
Dispute Resolution 8.
In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation of these resource consents, including a.
any Council certification required by these conditions, or
b.
implementation of, or monitoring required by, these conditions, the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution process.
3
If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate Senior Qualified Person (‘the referee’), agreeable to both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party). The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed. The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination. Following the appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter, including the reasons for his or her decision. In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion. The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties. Advice Note: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not prejudice any parties’ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations. The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Manager Planning and Integration, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (PCCP) 9.
Immediately following the grant of these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a PCCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.
10.
The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40 working days of the grant of these consents, with a request for certification that the PCCP has been prepared in accordance with these conditions of consent.
11.
The PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that shall be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and other Plans.
12.
The PCCP shall also set out how the Consent Holder will: a.
Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of construction, and the programme;
b.
Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project;
c.
Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and other Plans;
4
d.
Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following information: i) Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint; ii) How responses will be provided; iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
e.
13.
14.
Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and other Plans and where it has not, the reasons why it has not.
The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to: a.
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
c.
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ);
d.
NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
e.
KiwiRail;
f.
Department of Corrections;
g.
Ministry of Justice;
h.
Network Utility Operators; and
i.
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24).
In addition to the requirements of Conditions 11 and 12 above, the PCCP shall, as a minimum, include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
Details of the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre- construction period including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: i)
Newsletters; 5
ii)
Newspaper advertising;
iii)
Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties; and
iv)
The use of the Project website for public information.
e.
The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24);
f.
How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and
g.
Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that those works can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Project design. The PCCP shall be advertised on the Project website as being publicly available once finalised for the duration of the Project’s pre- construction period. Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
15.
The certified PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.
Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) 16.
Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community and Business Liaison Group in the construction area (Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section). Advice Note: It is not the intention to set up a new CLG, but to invite those identified in Condition 17 to join one of the already established CLGs set up under the terms of the CRL Designation (refer to Condition 7 of the CRL Designation conditions). These existing CLGs include (and are known as): Aotea Station; Karangahape Station; and Mt Eden Station.
17.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: a.
Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers identified in Appendix 4, and are adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Karangahape Road Business Association Inc;
c.
Regional Facilities Auckland;
d.
CBD Residents Advisory Group;
e.
Heart of the City;
6
18.
f.
If not already included under (a), Mr C P Browne, 22 Stable Lane, Eden Terrace; and
g.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process.
In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9-15), the Consent Holder shall ensure that the CLG shall: a.
Receive regular updates on Project progress;
b.
Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community and businesses to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community;
c.
Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Consent Holder; and
d.
Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
e.
Respond to any issues raised in regard to business disruption.
f.
Provide to any landowner or tenant at his/her request, any information specific to that landowner’s or tenant’s property.
19.
The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.
20.
Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 9, the Consent Holder shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: a.
Provide administrative assistance to the CLG;
b.
Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and
c.
Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.
21.
The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
22.
Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other Management Plans, and any material changes to these Plans.
23.
The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.
7
24.
The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project and an additional six months if a majority of the members of the CLG agree.
Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) 25.
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project.
26.
[blank]
27.
The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:
28.
a.
Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;
b.
Provide early information on key Project milestones;
c.
Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans;
d.
Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i)
Who is responsible for responding;
ii)
How responses will be provided; and
iii)
The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i)
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
8
ii)
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
iii)
Heritage NZ;
iv)
NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
v)
Kiwirail;
vi)
Department of Corrections;
vii)
Ministry of Justice;
viii)
Network Utility Operators; and
ix)
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)
e.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
f.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
g.
A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate;
h.
A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided;
i.
A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
j.
How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
k.
How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.
Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29.
The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
9
30.
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
31.
Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
32.
If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.
33.
The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.
Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification 34.
Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in conjunction with relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site contractor and shall invite Mana Whenua to attend. a.
The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed;
b.
The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the anticipated commencement of construction;
c.
The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake the works;
d.
The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at the pre- construction meeting: i)
Conditions of consent;
ii)
Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage;
iii)
Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under these consents;
iv)
Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and other key contractors;
v)
All certified Management Plans; and Advice Note: by this stage, all of the Management Plan s should have been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days prior to commencement of construction.
vi)
A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport.
10
e.
Appropriate provision to the extent sought by Manu Whenua, or their nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the contractor's staff. Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by Condition 34 please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring at steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of consent should be discussed at this meeting. All information required by the Council should be provided no later than two days prior to the meeting.
Construction Management 35.
Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents.
36.
The CEMP shall include details of: a.
Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.
b.
The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
c.
The parties listed in Condition 28(d);
d.
Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i)
consultation prior to the commencement of construction;
ii)
notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;
iii)
regular updates on construction progress;
iv)
key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and
v)
communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.
e.
Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
f.
General site layout and management;
11
g.
An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation;
h.
Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;
i.
Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;
j.
Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and
k.
Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.
37.
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction.
38.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
39.
The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
40.
Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
Construction Traffic 41.
The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a.
managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;
b.
maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
c.
providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.
12
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans 42.
43.
44.
The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or a.
as a result of a material change to the Project;
b.
to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or
c.
to address unresolved complaints.
A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a.
Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans;
b.
Any changes to construction methods;
c.
Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;
d.
Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;
e.
Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;
f.
Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
g.
Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and
h.
Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.
Concerns and Complaints Management 45.
Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall: a.
Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
b.
Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
13
46.
c.
Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and
d.
Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a.
The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint;
b.
Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality;
c.
The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
d.
Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
e.
Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan; and
f.
the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken.
47.
This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
48.
Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to
49.
a.
how it has been dealt with and addressed; and
b.
whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.
In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
14
Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 Earthworks Duration 50.
Consent R/LUC/2016/1890 shall expire 15 years from the date it is granted unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Completion or abandonment of works 51.
Upon completion or abandonment of earthworks on the subject site all areas of bare earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
52.
The Consent Holder shall manage the on-going monitoring of the measures taken under Condition 51 and for that purpose, should discuss any potential measures with Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring), with reference to TP90.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) 53.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.
54.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
55.
An ESCP shall include, but is not be limited to, the following matters:
identification of construction zones and construction support areas;
specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90;
catchment boundaries;
the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks);
details relating to the management of exposed areas;
reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;
15
reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and
monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.
56.
Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
57.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
58.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) 59.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an FTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that the construction of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014.
60.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the FTMP can be certified, within 10 working days of receipt of the FTMP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
61.
The FTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters:
Specific design details of the flocculent treatment system based on a batch dosing methodology for the site's settlement tanks, including the potential for use of non - flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants);
Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme (including a record sheet);
Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions);
Results of initial flocculent treatment trial;
A spill contingency plan; and
Details of the person or bodies who will hold responsibility for the long-term operation and maintenance of the flocculent treatment system and the organisational structure which will support this system.
16
62.
Any change to the FTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
63.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change requested under Condition 62 can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the FTMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
64.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the FTMP for the duration of construction of the Project.
As Built certification 65.
Prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks, a certificate signed by a Senior Qualified Person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to certify that the erosion and sediment controls (including diversion bunds, silt fences and sumps) have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as required by Condition 53 of this consent.
66.
The certification from the Senior Qualified Person for these measures shall be supplied to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) immediately upon completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable, shall include:
The contributing catchment area;
The shape of structure (dimensions of structure);
The position of inlets/outlets; and
The stabilisation of the structure.
General Performance Standards 67.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed. In no instance, shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.
68.
The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the certified ESCP referred to in Condition 53, shall be maintained throughout the duration of earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against erosion.
69.
The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to groundwater or surface water.
17
70.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures are constructed and maintained in accordance with TP90, except where a higher standard is detailed in an ESCP/FTMP, in which case the higher standard shall apply.
71.
Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a significant storm event to ensure effective operation.
72.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the Project site shall be covered during transportation.
Review Condition for regional land use (earthworks) consent R/LUC/2016/1890 73.
Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holder's cost, by giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act within six months after commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to achieve the following: a.
To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to deal with at a later stage;
b.
To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice;
c.
If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions; and
d.
If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an inconsistent approach to the management of effects.
Stormwater quality (redevelopment of Albert Street - high use road) 74.
Management of stormwater from the redevelopment of Albert Street that is necessitated by the Project shall achieve the following performance standard, and measures to achieve that standard shall be implemented prior to completion of the Project: Works Via a treatment device(s) that meets the design guideline requirements
Device catchment 17,300 area m2
Design guideline Best Practicable Option, designed in accordance with the principles of TP10/75% TSS removal
18
75.
At least 30 days prior to the commencement of construction of the stormwater devices on the site, the Consent Holder shall submit a final detailed design of the stormwater management system required to comply with Condition 74 to the Team Leader Central Monitoring for certification. The information shall include, but not be limited to: a.
A site drainage plan;
b.
Catchment area details (and associated water quality volume calculations) for stormwater treatment device(s);
c.
Plans and engineering drawings for the stormwater treatment(s); and
d.
Design calculations for the stormwater treatment device(s) demonstrating the treatment efficiency.
As builts 76.
The Consent Holder shall provide As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor as a true record of the stormwater management system constructed in accordance with the design approved under Condition 75, to the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
77.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include
78.
a.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
b.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure;
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the Modifications Approval condition.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works and any other relevant parties.
Operation and Maintenance Plan 79.
The Consent Holder shall provide an Operation and Maintenance Plan for the stormwater management system to the Team Leader Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 78.
19
80.
81.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of the outfall;
f.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks and
g.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Plan (see Condition 79).
Specific conditions – water permit (groundwater diversion/discharge) R/REG/2016/1892 DEFINITIONS: Commencement of Dewatering:
Means Commencement of Bulk Excavation and/or the commencement of the taking or diversion of groundwater, other than for initial state monitoring purposes.
Completion of Excavation
Means the stage when all Bulk Excavation has been completed.
Completion of Dewatering:
Means when the tunnel and associated shafts and access-ways within a construction zone have been constructed and no further groundwater is being extracted for the construction of the railway and utility infrastructure.
Completion of Construction
Means when the Consent Holder advises the Council in writing that construction is complete in relation to the consent.
Serviceability Limit/s
As detailed in Table 1 Building Damage Classification, it is the limit beyond which Serviceability Damage may occur. It represents the magnitude of structural deflections (caused by ground settlement) or lateral displacement) beyond which structural, as opposed to nonstructural (aesthetic) damage may occur, including:
20
i. any reduction of operational functionality ii. any reduction in weathertightness or service life or iii. any reduced durability. In determining Serviceability Limits for a given building, structure or service, the predicted and actual response to deflection must be considered in relation to the existing conditions of the building, structure or services (and parts thereof). Damage
Includes aesthetic and structural (serviceability) damage.
Alert Level
= 80% design prediction.
Alarm Level
= 100% design prediction
Manager:
Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated Auckland Council staff acting on the Team Leader’s behalf.
RL:
Means Reduced Level.
Consent duration 82.
The Dewatering and Diversion consent and water permit 46500 shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Performance standards 83.
Within the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, all excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling) for the CRL construction must be designed, constructed and maintained so as to avoid any damage that exceeds the Serviceability Limits of buildings, structures and services.
84.
Beyond the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to masonry buildings due to the Project works, including excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling), does not exceed the “negligible damage� category extent detailed in Table 1 below and has only negligible effects on piled buildings, structures and services.
21
Category of Damage
Normal Degree of Severity
Description of Typical Damage
0
Negligible
Hairline cracks.
1
Very Slight
Fine cracks easily treated during normal redecoration. Perhaps isolated slight fracture in building. Cracks in exterior visible upon close inspection. Typical crack widths up to 1mm.
2
Slight
Cracks easily filled. Redecoration probably required. Several slight fractures inside building. Exterior cracks visible, some repainting may be required for weather-tightness. Doors and windows may stick slightly. Typically crack widths up to 5mm.
3
Moderate
Cracks may require cutting out and patching. Recurrent cracks can be masked by suitable linings. Brick pointing and possible replacement of a small amount of exterior brickwork may be required. Doors and windows sticking. Utility services may be interrupted. Weather tightness often impaired. Typical crack widths are 5mm to 15mm or several greater than 3mm.
4
Severe
Extensive repair involving removal and replacement of walls especially over door and windows required. Window and door frames distorted. Floor slopes noticeably. Walls lean or bulge noticeably. Some loss of bearing in beams. Utility services disrupted. Typical crack widths are 15mm to 25mm but also depend on the number of cracks.
5
Very Severe
Major repair required involving partial or complete reconstruction. Beams lose bearing, walls lean badly and require shoring. Windows broken by distortion. Danger of instability.
(Building Damage Classification after Burland (1995), and Mair et al (1996))
General Category
CRL Consent
(after Burland – 1995) Aesthetic Damage
Negligible effects for <5mm predicted ground settlement Aesthetic Damage Effects – to be mitigated
Serviceability Damage
Serviceability Limit (interface between Damage Category 2 “Slight” and Damage Category 3 “Moderate”)
Serviceability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Stability Damage
Stability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Planner’s report to the Independent Hearing Commissioners R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, R/REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 Page 22
Typical crack widths are greater than 25mm but depend on the number of cracks.
Table 1: Building Damage Classification Note: ‘Description of Typical Damage’ applies to Masonry buildings only. The ‘General Category’ applies to all buildings.
23
85.
The maximum bulk excavation depths, including shafts shall not exceed the specified depth in Schedule A below in the respective construction zones by more than 2 metres without approval from the Manager: Schedule A: Construction Zone
Design Component
Design Depth
ACZ A
Aotea Station
6.5 mRL
ACZ A
Wellesley Street Entrance
5.5 mRL
ACZ A
Victoria Street Entrance
6.5 mRL
ACZ-K
Karangahape Station
30 mRL
ACZ-K
Pitt Street Shaft
ACZ-K
Mercury Lane Shaft
30 mRL
ACZ-M
Newton Grade Separation Structure
54 mRL
26.5 mRL
86.
The design tunnel alignment shall not be raised by more than 4m without approval from the Manager.
87.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following underground structures are sealed from groundwater ingress following construction:
88.
i.
ACZ A – Aotea Station.
ii.
ACZ N – North Tunnels.
iii.
ACZ K – Pitt Street and Mercury Lane shafts between the ground surface and the top of the unweathered rock.
iv.
ACZ S – South Tunnels excluding Newton Y-Junctions.
v.
ACZ M – Mt Eden Station trench, cut and cover tunnels and Newton Grade Separation Structure.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that: a.
the North and South Tunnels (excluding the Vincent Street, Upper Queen Street and Symonds Street tunnel cross passages and Newton Y-Junctions) are sealed within one month of excavation, and
b.
the three tunnel cross passages are sealed within three years of excavation, unless it is demonstrated by monitoring results submitted to and agreed by Council that potentially adverse effects of settlement will not occur, in which case the tunnel cross passages shall be sealed prior to Completion of Construction.
24
89.
After Completion of Construction, with the exception of permanent groundwater drawdown in the vicinity of Aotea Station (perched groundwater), Karangahape Station and the Newton Y-junctions, groundwater levels shall not be reduced by the CRL project below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 105.
90.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long-term mounding due to damming of groundwater by the proposed rail infrastructure.
Appointment of Independent Building Assessor (IBA) 91.
Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 97, the Consent Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the role of Independent Building Assessor (IBA). The Consent Holder shall acknowledge that the IBA can, at the expense of the Consent Holder, engage other independent specialists, but only in consultation with the Consent Holder.
92.
The IBA required by Condition 91 shall report to the Manager on building damage matters and how these matters may be addressed by the Consent Holder. The IBA’s report shall have regard to the following: a.
that site-specific assessments are undertaken to an appropriate level of detail;
b.
monitoring data is collected, interpreted and assessed in regard to limiting effects to avoid Serviceability Damage (refer Table 1);
c.
Alert and Alarm limits; and
d.
any matters referred to in Conditions 109, 115, 124 and 125.
Pre-Dewatering services survey 93.
Prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, and following the identification of potentially affected Services, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the relevant service provider, undertake a condition survey of all such Services. This condition does not apply to any Service where written evidence is provided to the Manager that the owner of that Service has confirmed they do not require a condition survey.
94.
The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected Services shall be in accordance with Conditions 120 and 121.
95.
In the event that the Services’ trigger levels listed in Appendix 2 are breached, the Consent Holder must carry out remedial actions in accordance with Conditions 125 and 128.
25
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) 96.
During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
97.
The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
98.
The Consent Holder shall request the Manger’s written determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified, to be provided in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.
99.
No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.
100.
The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.
An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled:
A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and
The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment.
b.
Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent;
c.
A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering;
d.
Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels;
e.
Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016;
26
101.
f.
Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan;
g.
Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection;
h.
Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored;
i.
Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i.
Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street
ii.
Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street
iii.
Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street
iv.
Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street
v.
Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street
vi.
Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace
j.
Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of longterm groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and
k.
The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the pre-construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.
The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA. Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
102.
Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.
103.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.
27
Monitoring - Groundwater 104.
The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawing A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 (Appendix 3) and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3) of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent.
105.
The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring boreholes specified in drawings and ET Table 7.1 attached to these conditions (Appendix 3) at the frequency specified in Schedule B.
Schedule B: Bore Name
Location
As per list in As per Appendix 3 Plans in Appendix 3
Groundwater level monitoring frequency and duration (to an accuracy of 10mm, calibrated by the instrument supplier)1 From bore construction for at least three months prior to Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering until either six months after the Completion of Dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that monitoring of settlement and building monitoring marks has ceased under Condition 120.
Weekly
At least three times Weekly1
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager. Any change shall be specified in the GSMCP. 106.
These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager at monthly intervals.
107.
The groundwater alert trigger level criteria is listed in Schedule C below for the monitoring boreholes.
Schedule C: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria Alert Trigger Low Level
108.
90% of predicted drawdown response in all units
Where groundwater alert trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring data obtained pursuant to Condition 105, the Consent Holder shall undertake the actions set out in the certified GSMCP; a.
notify the Manager within 2 working days, advising the trigger exceedance, the risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken; and
28
b.
send a copy of the material notified to Council to the relevant building owner.
Building Inspection 109.
Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition. The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
any information about the type of foundations;
b.
existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature;
c.
existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation;
d.
a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage;
e.
susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement;
f.
specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2;
g.
review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and
h.
photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
110.
Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Manager of that circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters stated in Condition 100.
111.
Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition109, or any other condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows: a.
The Senior Qualified Person shall be identified in the CEMP to undertake the condition surveys (see Condition 36);
b.
The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey;
c.
The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Manager;
29
d.
The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Manager within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;
e.
The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition survey has been undertaken and monitoring data and observations note any changes from the pre-construction condition survey report.
f.
The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the existing building or structure and the proximity of the Project works in order to assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural integrity of the building or structure.
112.
Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight greater sensitivity of buildings than envisaged by the application, and should this increased sensitivity mean that the Serviceability Limit for the building may be exceeded, then the Consent Holder shall, at its cost, implement additional measures (that may include modifications to the design of the retention systems or further geotechnical investigation, as discussed with the building owner.
113.
The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 2 adjacent to the tunnel/trench and station alignment to monitor for any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks at a frequency to be specified in the GSMCP.
114.
The Consent Holder shall keep a record of the time, date and any observations for each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Manager in accordance with Condition 128.
115.
No earlier than six months after Completion of Dewatering and within six months of Completion of Construction, a detailed condition survey all previously surveyed buildings, structures and water, stormwater and wastewater services, shall be prepared by a suitably qualified engineering professional. This condition survey report shall address all matters reviewed in the pre-dewatering condition survey. It shall also identify any new damage (if any) that has occurred since the pre-dewatering condition survey was undertaken and include a determination of the cause of any such damage and steps to repair it as provided for in Condition 125. The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Manager that the current owner of that building has advised they do not require such a condition survey.
30
116.
At the reasonable request of the Manager, the Consent Holder shall, without delay, undertake an additional condition survey of any building within the area defined by the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by excavation, for the purpose of checking for damage and follow up with a report of damage to that building.
117.
Subject to Condition 125, the requirement for any such condition survey will cease six months after the Completion of Construction, unless the requirements of Condition 115 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is apparent.
118.
[condition moved to Condition 96]
Ground Surface and Building Monitoring 119.
120.
The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required by the conditions of this consent, as follows: a.
The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on the drawings in Appendix 1;
b.
Subject to the owners’ approval, at least two sets (minimum of three pins) of building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in Appendix 2; and
c.
The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks and risk of damage from ground settlement, as determined by requirements of conditions of this consent, and the effects of differential settlement from the predicted settlement contours on the drawings I Appendix 1 as modified by the detailed design and reflected in the GSMCP.
The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground and building movement mark in accordance with the following Schedule D; and records of the baseline monitoring shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager prior to the Commencement of Dewatering.
31
Schedule D: Ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark measurement Frequency 1 and Duration Monitoring Station name and type
Frequency All settlement marks, PreCommenceme nt of Dewatering (baseline monitoring)
All settlement marks, Commenceme nt of Dewatering to Completion of Dewatering
All ground and building settlement monitoring marks within 50 metres of the excavations during excavation and dewatering
Post-Completion of Dewatering
Postcompletion of constructio n
All settlement and building monitoring 1 mark
Three times to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm (achieved by precise levelling)
Monthly
Daily for two weeks and weekly thereafter
Monthly for six months after the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that measurements have stabilized.
See Condition 121
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager and subsequently specified in the GSMCP.
121.
Where groundwater drainage is proposed at (a)
Karangahape Station;
(b)
Newton Y Junctions; and
(c)
The perched groundwater system at Aotea Station
and consolidation settlement risks are identified at Completion of Construction that could cause building damage, the Consent Holder shall prepare a post construction monitoring plan to be approved by the IBA and certified by the Manager. The post construction monitoring plan shall specifically address (a)
the potential for delayed consolidation settlement effects resulting from long term groundwater drainage; and
(b)
Monitoring durations and the process for establishing cessation of monitoring.
32
Retaining Wall Monitoring 122.
For the measurement of vertical and lateral wall movement, the Consent Holder shall install retaining wall deflection pins as near to the top of the wall as practicable, with inclinometers installed either in a retaining pile or immediately behind one and extending to the base of the retaining pile for the monitoring of wall deflection.
123.
Monitoring of the retaining wall pins and inclinometers shall be undertaken and recorded in accordance with Schedule E below unless otherwise specified and agreed in the GSMCP:
Schedule E: Frequency Baseline
Active Excavation
Post Excavation
Pre-Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering to one month after Completion of Excavation
One month after Completion of Excavation to Completion of Dewatering
Retaining wall pins
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Twice to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm
Once for every 2 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Once for every 6 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Minimum of three sets of readings at fortnightly intervals
Minimum of three sets of readings at monthly intervals
Contingency
124.
In the event that monitoring of ground or building settlement, differential settlement, or horizontal movement associated with the construction works identifies movement which exceeds the vertical and horizontal movement triggers detailed in Appendix 2 or any revised trigger levels subject of this consent, then the Consent Holder shall instigate the Response Plan detailed in the GSMCP and undertake the following procedures: a.
Notify the Manager and the IBA within 24 hours;
b.
If measurements exceed any of the alert values, then a Senior Qualified Person engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s contractor shall reassess the works constructed up to that time to confirm –
that works’ progress against the design predictions are within expectations;
33

whether additional measures (if any) are required to restrain further increases in movement; and

that possible ensuing effects will exceed Serviceability Limits. Measures (if any) to be implemented, identified in the Response Plan in the GSMCP or as agreed with the IBA, may include an increase in the frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures.
c.
The Senior Qualified Person shall prepare and submit a written report to the Manager, within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any actions taken;
d.
If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall:
e.
125.
i)
Follow the process identified in Condition 124(b);
ii)
Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the Senior Qualified Person engaged in accordance with Condition 124(b) to the Manager, within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any recommendations for remedial actions, if required, in order to avoid damage that will affect building Serviceability and which may also allow Completion of Construction; and
iii)
Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the recommendation is to stop work, pursuant to Conditions 124(b) and (d)(ii), the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken before the works recommence.
In relation to alarm level exceedance, the recommendations of the IBA (refer Condition 92), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping the works, if that is (in the opinion of the IBA) in the best interests of preventing building serviceability damage, shall be implemented by the Consent Holder (unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition124 (d)(ii).
If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent, the Consent Holder shall: a.
notify the Manager and the asset owner as soon as practical;
b.
engage a Senior Qualified Person to prepare a report as soon as practical, describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the potential for Serviceability damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent; and provide a copy of the report to the Manager and the asset owner; and
34
c.
thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all necessary repairs to fully remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this consent, with timing to be agreed with the asset owners. “Entire cost” includes all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs.
This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall apply to all Damage that is identified during the latest of the periods listed below: i)
Two years after Completion of Dewatering; or
ii)
One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and
iii)
The completion of post construction monitoring required to be carried out under Condition 121; and
iv)
Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the project which have the potential to cause settlement.
Reporting 126.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Dewatering.
127.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Construction.
128.
All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from Commencement of Dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Manager at two monthly intervals, unless otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline.
Review Condition – Water Permit R/ REG/2016/1892 129.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager pursuant to Section 128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to Section 129 of the Act, within six months after Commencement of Dewatering and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to vary the monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed environmental knowledge, on: a.
Ground conditions
b.
Aquifer parameters
c.
Groundwater levels and
d.
Ground surface deformation.
Advice Note: Under section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager at the Consent Holder’s cost in the following circumstances:
35
At any time, if it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions. Specific conditions – discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011) Duration 130.
Consent R/REG/2016/1895 shall expire 15 years from the grant date, unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Advice Note: this condition does not apply to R/LUC/2016/1890
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) 131.
At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
132.
The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.
133.
No earthworks shall commence until a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.
134.
The CSMP shall address the following matters: a.
The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas
b.
Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered
c.
Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered
36
d.
Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination
e.
Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and
f.
Any proposed works summary reporting.
Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. 135.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the following details: a.
Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner
b.
Site address to which the consents relate
c.
Activity to which the consents relate and
d.
Expected duration of the works.
136.
All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented.
137.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional, whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.
138.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report (SVR) required by Condition 149.
139.
The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine environment. The implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the ESCP required by Condition 53. Advice Note: Measures such as covering the excavations overnight and during heavy rainfall, diverting overland flow around the works area, and appropriate treatment of any water collected in an excavation prior to the disposal may be required to comply with this condition. 37
140. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation off site. 141. To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain. 142. At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001). 143. Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of contamination. Advice note: Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised and meets the definition of ‘clean fill’ material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of the material removed as ‘clean fill’ should be kept for the purpose of being included in the SVR required by Condition 149). 144. The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment, temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided with the application. 145. Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: a.
be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or
b.
pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or
c.
discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons.
38
146.
Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures implemented shall be documented in the Site Validation Report required by Condition 149. Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 146, any unexpected contamination may include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or groundwater. The Consent Holder is advised that where unexpected contamination is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) prior to carrying out any further work in the area of the unexpected contamination to check this is within the scope of this consent.
147.
All imported fill shall: a.
comply with the definition of of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and
b.
be solid material of an inert nature; and
c.
not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site.
Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving clean fill can be found in Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001). 148.
All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
Site Validation Report (SVR) 149.
Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
39
150.
The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters: a.
a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131;
b.
the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan;
c.
a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part);
d.
copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and ‘clean fill’ material removed from the site;
e.
records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable;
f.
details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this consent;
g.
results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and
h.
results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part).
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/1896 and discharge permit (ITA) R/REG/2016/1898 (CONSTRUCTION) 151.
This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Baseline Receiving Environment Monitoring 152.
Prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall undertake baseline monitoring of water quality and freshwater ecology in Meola Creek. The monitoring shall be undertaken to identify the pre-construction condition of Meola Creek against which to measure construction effects and possible remedial or mitigation measures if required.
153.
At least 20 working days prior to any baseline monitoring commencing, the Consent Holder shall submit a programme for the baseline monitoring as required by Condition 152 to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (at Auckland Council flow monitoring site);
b.
Methods and procedures for water quality (minimum bi-monthly samples for a 12 month period) and freshwater ecology sampling; 40
c.
d.
Water quality monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrite nitrogen
g/m3
Total nitrogen
g/m3
Dissolved reactive phosphorus
g/m3
Ecological monitoring, which shall include:
Algal (periphyton) and macrophyte growth
Macroinvertebrate assessment.
Baseline Receiving Environment Reporting 154.
The Consent Holder shall provide to the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) the results of the baseline monitoring undertaken in accordance with Conditions 152 and 153 within 60 working days of the final baseline monitoring being undertaken.
155.
As part of the results required by Condition 153, the Consent Holder shall provide a programme for ongoing monitoring of Meola Creek, following the commencement of construction, including the reporting of results. The same testing regime and approach as set out in baseline monitoring conditions shall be used unless otherwise agreed between the Consent Holder and the Council.
Pre-Commencement of construction support areas and zones 156.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) in writing at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of each CSA or ACZ.
157.
The CSAs shall be generally confined to the area and boundaries shown on plans CRL-SYE-RME-000-DRG-2001, Rev 1.0 dated 13/05/2016 and 2002, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2003, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2004, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2005, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2006, and Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and submitted as part of the application.
41
158.
In the event that material modifications to the CSA boundaries are required, the following information shall be provided: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the stormwater management system;
This information shall be to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) and be made available at the preconstruction meeting required by Condition 34. Site Management (ACZ and CSAs) 159.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
160.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the EMP.
161.
The EMP shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
identification of the specific activities conducted on the site;
b.
the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;
c.
methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site activities;
d.
an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Council’s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107));
e.
an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site catch pits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system;
f.
an appropriate auditing programme to ensure all components of the site’s EMP are implemented;
g.
methods for providing and recording staff training; and
h.
a monitoring programme as outlined in Conditions 173 and 174.
162.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the CSAs and ACZs are operated and managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are managed appropriately.
163.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the Council certified EMP is kept on site and accessible at all times. 42
164.
Following any change to the EMP, the Consent Holder shall submit details of the change to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and request that the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the change can be certified to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the EMP pursuant to Condition 164 can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
165.
The EMP shall be reviewed and updated annually from the date of granting of this consent, to ensure all components of the EMP remain relevant.
Structural Controls 166.
167.
168.
The Industrial Trade and Activity area for each of the Construction Support Areas shall not exceed the following: CSA
Exposed Area not to exceed (m2)
1
25,000
2
9,000
3
9,000
4
36,000
5
6,500
In the event that any CSA requires an increase in area, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of the existing structural and procedural controls.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed for the following catchment areas and design standards and they are completed prior to discharges commencing from the site: Works/controls
Device catchment area
Design requirements
2 x Settlement Tanks Activity area of grout Settlement Tanks sizing to be based on located on CSA 4 plant (400m2), and 2% of the contributing catchment segment storage yard (2660m2) on CSA 4
43
Inlet protection measures
On all catch pits within Design in accordance with Auckland CSA areas Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection Area (AC 2011).
2 x Settlement Tanks All Active Construction Settlement Tank sizing to be based on located in CSA 1, CSA Zone (ACZ) 2% of the contributing catchment 2, CSA 3, CSA 4 and CSA 5
Bunding of Environmentally Hazardous Substances
169.
As required
110% largest container
In the event that any minor modifications to the structural system are required, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of stormwater management system.
Certification of structural controls 170.
Within 30 days of implementation, As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor or a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring.
171.
The As-Built plans shall include, but not be limited to: a.
The surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) of the discharge points, with coordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
Location, dimensions and levels of any major overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
Plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure
d.
Documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans.
44
172.
A meeting shall be held on site after the implementation of structural controls and the provision of As-Built documentation, and prior to the commencement of construction activities at each of the CSA/ACZs. The meeting shall include representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring and the site stormwater engineer/contractors who have undertaken the work and shall confirm compliance with the relevant consent conditions.
Discharge monitoring: 173.
Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment systems, and prior to operation, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification a discharge monitoring programme.
174.
The water quality monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (to include the final discharge from the treatment system located in CSA 1, CSA 2, CSA 3, CSA 5 and CSA 4);
b.
Methods and procedures for discharge sampling; and
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: Daily
Water clarity (black disc)
cm
Turbidity
(NTU)
pH
Weekly (in addition to the above)
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen*
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen*
g/m3
*only in discharge from treatment systems in CSA 3 and CSA 4
175.
d.
identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of works set out in Condition 168. 45
176.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels in Condition 174(d): a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required; and
b.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Discharge Reporting Requirements 177.
Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Condition 173 a monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
a summary of the monitoring results to date;
b.
an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations;
c.
a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and
d.
a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management and treatment system.
178.
For the duration of the construction stages of the Project, the Consent Holder shall forward a report annually from the date of granting of this consent to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) evaluating the site’s environmental performance for the year to date.
179.
The Annual Report required by Condition 178 shall include but not be limited to: a.
all aspects of the performance of the EMP relating to this consent;
b.
a summary of all revisions and revised sections of the EMP;
c.
details of all inspections and maintenance of the stormwater system for the preceding 12 months;
d.
details of and changes to the person(s) or body responsible for the maintenance of site and the organisational structure supporting this process;
e.
results and analysis of the preceding 12 months of stormwater monitoring, along with an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations; and
f.
records of any spills or incidents which occurred within the previous 12 months and the response which was undertaken.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/2038 (OPERATIONAL) Advice note: Should the Consent Holder obtain approval for the discharge of operational wastewater to the trade waste system, this consent can be surrendered or cancelled.
46
180.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Dewatering Treatment devices 181.
The treatment device/s for the removal of contaminants of concern from tunnel water discharge shall be constructed for the operational tunnel ground water seepage catchment area/s, and design requirements shall be completed in accordance with design guidelines to meet baseline monitoring levels in Condition 187(d).
182.
At least 20 working days prior to the installation of treatment devices required by Condition 181, the Consent Holder shall submit detailed designs, including relevant drawings, cross sections, plans and calculations to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring for certification at the same time as the application for Engineering Plan Approval.
As-Built Plans 183.
Within 30 days of practical completion of the treatment device works, As-Built plans, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring.
184.
The certified As-Built Plans shall also be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 205.
185.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge points to the stormwater system with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
plans and cross sections of all treatment devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval referred to in Condition 202.
Discharge Monitoring 186.
Prior to operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit a discharge monitoring programme to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The monitoring programme shall include start up monitoring for the first month of operation of the treatment system, and regular on-going monitoring.
187.
The discharge monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:
47
a.
Sampling locations (to include samples of water from the main station sumps (untreated water), and the final discharge from the treatment system (treated water) at each station);
b.
Methods, frequency and procedures for discharge sampling
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Turbidity
NTU
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons
g/m3
d.
Identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters in the final discharge, developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
The methods and procedures for investigating and reporting discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
188.
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented for the duration of the discharge of operational tunnel groundwater seepage.
189.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels: a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;
b.
Methods will be implemented to meet trigger levels, and the timing for their implementation shall be noted; and
c.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Start-up Reporting 190.
A monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) following the completion of the first month of sampling. The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the first months monitoring results (10 samples);
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement of the treatment system as required; and
c.
Confirmation of the programme for regular on-going monitoring. 48
Operation and Maintenance Plan 191.
The Consent Holder shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Plan to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval certification, 5 days prior to the postconstruction meeting referred to in Condition 205. The Plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance; and
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the treatment system, including visual checks.
192.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved certified Operation and Maintenance Plan.
193.
Any amendments or alterations to the Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be submitted to, and approved certified by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, in writing prior to implementation.
Routine monitoring 194.
The Consent Holder shall submit an annual monitoring report to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the monitoring results for the previous year;
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement/s to the treatment system if relevant; and
c.
A programme for the on-going maintenance of the discharge treatment system.
Stormwater diversion and discharge (related to works at the Mount Eden end) Advice note: these conditions relate to stormwater management works at the Mount Eden end of the project. The conditions do not relate to any of the specific consents authorised 195.
[Blank]
49
Stormwater drainage system design 196.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the design of stormwater drainage systems does not result in any increase in flooding beyond the pre-development scenario within the immediate adjacent areas of the Project footprint and the downstream receiving environment. Stormwater management works
197.
The following stormwater management works shall be constructed for the following catchment areas and design requirements, and shall be completed prior to construction of any barriers (e.g., earth bunds or retaining structures along the edge of the rail corridor) that would modify existing overland flow paths: Works to be undertaken
Catchment location
Design requirement(s)
Additional pipe capacity, OLFP
Fenton street
Underground drainage
Shaddock Street
Inlet upgrade, scruffy domes
West of Mt Eden Road
Capacity for 10 year ARI, reducing flooding up to 100 year ARI, provision for OLFP for flows in excess of the 100 year, and designed to meet at least 50% blockage
Sump and superpits
Water Street
Megapits, inlet, connections to existing network
Normanby Road
Super pit
Boston Road
New inlets, underground drainage
Rail Corridor
198.
The stormwater management works shall be installed in general accordance with those listed in Condition 197, unless otherwise approved by Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
199.
If changes to the Stormwater management works in Condition 197 are requested, the Consent Holder must provide details of flood modelling, and alternative mitigation measures, including how these have been selected and will be managed, to the Healthy Waters Department (see Condition 202).
50
Detailed Design Guidelines 200.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all stormwater management devices, as required to achieve Condition 196, are designed in accordance with Auckland Council Technical Publication 10 (TP10).
201.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the detailed designs, including drawings, plans and calculations for the stormwater management devices required to achieve Condition 196 are submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at the time of application for Engineering Plan Approval and in any event, at least 30 days prior to construction of the proposed stormwater works.
Modifications approval 202.
In the event that any modifications to the stormwater management system design implemented under Conditions 196 and 197 of this consent are required, the following information shall be provided: 
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms compliance with the performance standards of Conditions 196 and 197.
All information shall be submitted to, and approved by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Advice Note: All proposed changes should be discussed with the Team Leader Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Any changes to the proposal which will affect the capacity or performance of the stormwater management system may require an application to Council pursuant to Section 127 of the RMA. An example of a minor modification within the scope of this consent could be a change to the location of a pipe or slight changes to the site layout but if there is a change of device type (even proprietary), the consent may have to be varied under section 127. Pre-construction meeting 203.
A pre-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder prior to commencement of the construction of any stormwater devices onsite, and must: a.
be arranged five working days prior to initiation of the construction of any stormwater devices on the site;
b.
be located on the subject area;
c.
include representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
d.
include representation from the site stormwater engineer [or] contractors who will undertake the works and any other relevant parties.
Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by this consent, please contact the Team Leader - Central Monitoring [monitoring@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz].
51
Information required for Pre-construction meeting 204.
The following information shall be made available prior to, or at the pre-construction meeting: a.
timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent;
b.
erosion and sediment control measures during construction activities;
c.
contact details of the site contractor and site stormwater engineer; and
d.
construction plans approved signed or stamped by an Auckland Council Development Engineer.
Post-construction meeting 205.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works.
Certification of stormwater management works (As-Built Plans) 206.
As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval, 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent.
207.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge structure, with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
d.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval process of Condition 202.
52
Operation and Maintenance Plan 208.
An Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for certification 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent and shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks; and
f.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of any vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
209.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved Operation and Maintenance Plan.
210.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be updated and submitted to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring upon request.
Capture and diversion of stormwater 211.
Roading, kerbs and channels constructed across overland flow paths shall be set at a level that maximises the capture of water by road cesspits. Other than at designated overland flow paths, driveway crossings shall be constructed in order to minimise the overflow of water from the road into private properties.
212.
For stormwater flows in excess of the capacity of the primary drainage systems, overland flow paths shall be provided and maintained to allow surplus stormwater from critical storms (up to the 100 year ARI event), to discharge with the minimum of nuisance and damage.
213.
Overland flow paths and secondary flow paths shall be kept free of all obstructions, including buildings and solid fences.
Maintenance Report 214.
The Consent Holder shall maintain a record of the details of all inspections and maintenance for the stormwater management system, for the preceding three years.
215.
A copy of the records referred to in Condition 214 shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring in a maintenance report on request. 53
Contents of Maintenance Report 216. The maintenance report shall include the following information: a.
details of who is responsible for maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure supporting this process;
b.
details of any maintenance undertaken; and
c.
details of any inspections completed.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – construction) R/REG/2016/1899 217.
This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
218.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project work site shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
219.
Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
220.
Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 222.
221.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property.
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) 222.
The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Aotea Station to North Auckland Line dated May 2016, and submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application.
223.
The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a.
a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed;
b.
a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project;
c.
a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and
54
d. 224.
an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.
The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a.
methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods);
b.
ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs;
c.
operation of wheel washes;
d.
regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;
e.
measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ);
f.
measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used;
g.
covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;
h.
instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project;
i.
the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring;
j.
measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;
k.
measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and
l.
information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.
The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
55
225.
Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
226.
All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.
Monitoring Requirements 227.
Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 222.
228.
The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – operational) R/REG/2016/1900 229.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has lapsed, been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA).
Limit Conditions 230.
All processes within the CRL operations areas shall be operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled to ensure that emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
231.
Beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no dust and/or odour caused by discharges from the tunnels which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
232.
No discharges from any activity from the CRL operations shall give rise to visible emissions, other than water vapour and clean steam, to an extent which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, the discharges are noxious, dangerous, offensive or objectionable.
56
233.
Except as authorised by this consent, beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused by discharges from the CRL operations, which is present at a concentration that causes, or is likely to cause adverse effects to human health, the environment or property.
234.
Only electric-powered locomotives shall operate within the CRL rail tunnels, with the exception of any vehicles associated with construction or maintenance activities.
Process Conditions 235.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of the operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall prepare and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification procedures that address the cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents to minimise the build-up of particulate matter. These procedures may form part of an operations and maintenance plan, or equivalent. The TCeam Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed procedures with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the procedures; otherwise the procedures shall be considered to be certified by the Council.
236.
Cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents shall be undertaken in accordance with the plan certified in accordance with Condition 235 so that discharges of particulate from the vents are minimised in accordance with Condition 230.
Reporting Conditions 237.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Team Leader Central Monitoring as soon as practicable in the event of any significant discharge to air, which results, or has the potential to result, in a breach of these conditions.
238.
The Consent Holder shall record all air quality complaints that are received including: a.
The date, time, location and nature of the complaint;
b.
The name, phone number and address of the complainant, unless the complainant elects not to supply these details;
c.
Any remedial actions undertaken; and
d.
The response provided to the person making the complaint.
Details of any complaints received shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) within one working day of receipt of the complaint. Review Condition 239.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Team Leader Central Monitoring pursuant to section 128 of the RMA, by the giving of notice in accordance with section 129 of the RMA, in October 2017 and annually thereafter in order to:
57
a.
Deal with any significant adverse effect on the environment arising from the exercise of the consent that was not foreseen at the time that the application was considered;
b.
Consider the adequacy of conditions that prevent nuisance beyond the boundary of the site, particularly if complaints have been received on a frequent basis and have been validated by an enforcement officer;
c.
Consider developments in emission control technology and management practices that would enable the Best Practicable Option in reducing discharges to air; or
d.
To take into account any act of parliament, regulation, national policy statement or relevant regional plan that relates to limiting, recording or reducing emissions authorised by this consent.
Advice notes 1.
Any reference to number of days within this decision refers to working days as defined in s2 of the RMA.
2.
For more information on the resource consent process with Auckland Council see the council’s website www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz. General information on resource consents, including making an application to vary or cancel consent conditions can be found on the Ministry for the Environment’s website: www.mfe.govt.nz.
3.
If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any objection must be made in writing to the council within 15 working days of notification of the decision.
4.
The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents, permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007 and the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law. This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.
5.
The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including groundanchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may require the written consent of the effected property owner to be submitted with building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.
6.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that the date of the commencement of this consent will be as determined by Section 116 of the RMA, unless a later date is stated as a condition of consent. The provisions of Section 116 of the RMA are summarised in the covering letter issued with this consent.
7.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that, pursuant to Section 126 of the RMA, if this resource consent has been exercised, but is not subsequently exercised for a continuous period of five years, the consent may be cancelled by the AC unless other criteria contained within Section 126 are met.
58
8.
The Consent Holder is advised that the quality of the pumped groundwater that is to be discharged to the stormwater system or indirectly to stream meets the ANZECC (2000) guidelines for the protection of 95% freshwater species.
59
APPENDIX 1:
Total Ground Settlement Contours and Monitoring Station Locations
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612, Rev 3.0, dated 30/09/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2614, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2615, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016
60
APPENDIX 2: Provisional Building and Structures and Services Trigger Levels and Buildings requiring Detailed Pre-Condition Survey CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/16 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642, Rev 3.0, dated 11/10/16
61
APPENDIX 3:
Groundwater Monitoring Bores
PDP A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B, dated May 2016 and Earthtech Consulting Table 7.1, (Appendix 4). Groundwater Monitoring Bores: CRL Stage 2 Construction Location Zone ACZ A
ACZ N
ACZ K
ACZ S
ACZ M
BH 210 Wellesley Street West and Elliot Street Intersection BH 209 Wellesley Street West BH411 BHA BH206B BH423 BH266 BH 268 Vincent Street BH 213 Vincent Street BH 316 Karangahape Road BH 319 Karangahape Road BH274 BH324 BH325 BH218 BH425 BH320 EB312 BH 223 Upper Queen Street BH 225 Symonds Street BH285 BH M1 Upper Shaddock
Eastings mE (NZTM)
Northing mN (NZTM)
Screen Depths
Unit
(A) At 5m depth (new)
(A) Fill (soft clay)
(A) At 8m depth (existing) (B) At 25m depth (existing) At 6.7m depth
(A) EW (B) EU
At 10.9m depth At 5.0m depth (A) At 5m depth (existing) (A) At 10m depth (existing) (A) At 14m depth (existing) (A) At 6m depth (existing) (B) At 17m depth (existing) At 8.0m depth At 6.0m depth At 3.5m depth
At 6.0m depth At 1.7m-7.0m depth (A) At 7m depth (new)
ER TA ER ER ER (A)ER (A) EU (A) EW
(A) EW (B) EW
ER ER ER EW Fill/TA ER Fill/TA (A) TA
(A) At 11m depth (new)
(A) TA
At 7.8m depth (A) At 6m depth (new)
VA/TA (A) TA/ER
62
Street BH M2 Ruru Street BH323 BH426 BH427
(A) At 6m depth (new) At 5.5m depth
(A) TA/ER ER TA/ER ER
63
APPENDIX 4: Sites”
Plans titled “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906, revision 1.
64
APPENDIX 5: a.
Information from Application
Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon NZ Ltd, dated 13 May 2016, including:
Report title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Assessment of Environmental Effects Resource Consent Package 2 Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0047
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
13 May 2016
Design and Construction Report CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link (CRL) Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Groundwater Technical Report
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
Assessment of Settlement Effects ReportCRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-0045
Aurecon NZ Ltd
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment 1378206325-067
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Water Quality Assessment 1378206325-069
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL operation Air Quality Assessment1378206325
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station To North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Built Heritage Impact Assessment CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0046
Reverb Ltd
0
13 May 2016
Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan – CRL-SYW-RME-000RPT-0059
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to
Golder Associates 0
12 May 2016
3.0
30 June 2016
May 2016
65
North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment- 1378206325-070 Geotechnical Engineering Report CRLSYW-GEO-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
02.06.2015
City Rail Link Project: Archaeological Assessment
Clough & Associates Ltd
5.0
10.12.2012
Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment- South Pacific Timber 1378206325-076
Golder Associates 0
July 2016
Plan title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Location Plan Overall- CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-2000-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Aotea Station- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2001-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan North Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2002-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Karangahape Station- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2003-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan South Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2004-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station East- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2005-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station WestCRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2006-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 1 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2010-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 2 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 3 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 4 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2013-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
66
Aotea Station Roof Slab Overall PlanCRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2110-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Elevation- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2111-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 2- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2118-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 9- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2119-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 13 Victoria St Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-000DRG-2120-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 14 Victoria Street Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2121-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 25CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2122-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2123-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-4023-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
08.07.16
Karangahape Station Plan General Arrangement Street Level CRL-KRDRME-000-DRG-2142-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2130-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2132-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station North Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-21361.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station South Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2138-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME000-DRG-2139-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 2 CRL-KRD-RME-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
67
000-DRG-2140-1.0 Karangahape Station Platform Tunnel and Central Passenger Tunnel and Escalator Tunnel-Setout CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2143-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden Station Plan Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2150-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Section 1 Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2151-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Cross Sections Newton Shaft CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2152-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Isometric of Permanent Structure Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-21531.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Ruru Street Bridge Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2158-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Western Flyover Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2160-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME000-DRG-2166-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Elevation- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000DRG-2167-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And SectionsNormanby Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2170-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2171-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC20 West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2173-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC30
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
68
West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2174-1.0 Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2176-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2177-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC50 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2178-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC60 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2179-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2180-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2181-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2182-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2183-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2184-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections NAL Sheet 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2185-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Plan- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2190-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Portal CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2191-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2192-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North And South Tunnels Segmental Lining General Arrangement CRl-SYWRME-000-DRG-2196-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North and South Tunnels Cross Passage CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2197-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
69
Aotea Station Construction Support Area 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Aotea Station CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2951-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 2 (Indicative Layout) Beresford Square CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2961-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 3 (Indicative Layout) Mercury Lane CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2962-A
Aurecon NZ Ltd
A
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 4 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Tunnelling Phase CRLMTE-RME-000-DRG-2971-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 5 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Station and Tie Into NAL CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2972-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2601-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2602-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2603-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2604-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2605-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2606-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
70
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
30.09.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2614-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2615-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2640-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2642-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
11.10.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.2016
71
GEO-000-DRG-0031-3.0 Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Wellesley Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0017-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
4.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Victoria Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0018-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
23.06.2016
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section DR6MC30 Chainage 1750-2100 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0028-5.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
5.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Beresford Square CRL-SYWGEO-000-SKE-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Cross Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 1 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0027-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 2 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0028-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0031-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 6 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0032-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 7 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 8 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
72
GEO-000-DRG-0034-2.0 Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 9 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0035-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 10 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0036-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 11 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0037-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 12 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0038-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)13 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0039-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)14 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0040-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)15 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0041-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Geological Long Section DR6MC30 Chainage 2750-3100m CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological and Hydrogeological Long Section DR6MC20 Chainage 3050-3400 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0034-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC50 Chainage 625 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0042-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Chainage 3185 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0045-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd Chainage 3312 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0046-2.0
2.0
05.07.16
Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Services Permanent Works Foul Water-
A
18.11.2015
Aurecon NZ Ltd
73
Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-DRG1310-A Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd Services Permanent Works Surface Water- Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000DRG-1610-A
A
18.11.2015 q
Aotea Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1101-3
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
22.06.16
Aotea Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
21.03.16
Karangahape Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1101-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
08.04.16
Karangahape Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
05.07.16
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
Other additional information
Author
Rev
Dated
Stakeholder Meeting Minutes: Nikau Street Aurecon NZ Ltd 1950mm dia. Stormwater Diversion
0
22 January 2016
Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
10 December 2015
Section 92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
CRL Monthly Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
19 May 2016
Section 92 Response Groundwater Figures
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
Section 92 Response Contamination
Golder Associates -
30 June 2016
74
Cone Penetrometer test Karangahape Station
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
14.06.2016
Section 92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
30.06.2016
Aotea Station PLAXIS analysis – Bluestone wall sections
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
29.06.2016
Further S92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Ground Settlement question 89 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
05.07.2016
Further s92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Further S92 Response Question 88 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
01.07.2016
Earthtech Memo Ref m3256-1
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
22.08.16
CRL-MTE-UTI-000-MEM-0012 Preliminary Flood Assessment Results and Mitigation Measures
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
31.08.16
Hydrological and Hydraulic Review of the CRL Southern Connection Modelling
Richard Smedley – Senior Stormwater Specialist, Healthy Waters Department
01.09.2016
Preliminary Flood Assessment: Consenting Analysis of potential downstream mitigation requirements
Aurecon NZ Ltd
9.09.2016
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (Decision Version) assessment tables:
Golder Associates
September 2016
Aurecon / Golder Associates
20 September 2016
b.
Earthworks
c.
Groundwater diversion and take
d.
Water Quality
e.
Contaminated land
f.
Air Quality
g.
Stormwater
h.
Industrial and Trade activities
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan Auckland Council Decisions Version 2016 (CRLMTE-UTI-000-MEM-00XX)
75
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix D: Site Layout Plans
Page 38
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
STATION ENTRANCE STRUCTURE
HAZARDOUS GOODS STORE
TRUCK AND TRAILER
BENTONITE MIXING + PUMPS
WASTE MANAGEMENT AREA
BENTONITE SILOS
STORES LOADING AREA
CSA BOUNDARY
SITE COMPOUND FENCE
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
17
8
9
7
6
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS CONTROL
4
5
VEHICLE ACCESS CONTROL
VEHICLE MOVEMENTS
TX
CWS
WORKSHOP
MIXER
SITE VEHICLES
POLYMER STORAGE
PUBLIC USE AREA
MUD LINES (1M WIDE)
MUD
WATER MISSION PUMP
RETAINING WALL MUD
BENTONITE TANK
SITE OFFICE AND WELFARE
SITE VEHICLE ENTRY ONLY
FACILITIES (KITCHEN, TOILETS, SHOWERS, CHANGING ROOMS)
3
BENTONITE AREA
MUD
TOWER CRANE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
TX
SITE OFFICES AND WELFARE FACILITIES MISSION PUMP
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2020-02-19) Last Plotted: 2020-02-19 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
MISSION PUMP
MUD
CWS
2
DESANDING PLANT
TRANSFORMERS
CWS = COMPLETE WATER STOP
1 TEMPORARY SPOIL PIT
MYERS STREET
SPARE
LOCATION OF PROPOSED SURGE PILE SURGE PILE SPARE
EMERGENCY ACCESS AREA
D-WALL TREATMENT AREA
MAYORAL DRIVE
LAYDOWN AREA
VEHICLE ENTRY & EXIT WATER TREATMENT AREA
TBM RETRIEVAL LOCATION
HAZARDOUS GOODS STORE
SITE VEHICLE EXIT
AGGREGATE STORAGE AREA
MA
YO R
AL
0
5
10m
CLIENT:
SCALE
SIZE
AS SHOWN
A1
REVISIONS
DESIGNED
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use thisCRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000114 document. 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
DR
IV E
SCALE 1:250
0
1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. LOCATION OF ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS WITHIN THE CSA ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND MAY CHANGE AS THE DESIGN PROGRESSES. 3. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 4. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 5. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 6. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
SITE VEHICLE ENTRY
EQUIPMENT / PLANT LAYDOWN AREA
2.5
NOTES:
80
90
100mm
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001. Printed copies of this document are UNCONTROLLED.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS CSA LAYOUT PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000114
REVISION
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE (ACZ)
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA (CSA)
D - WALL
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VICTORIA STREET WEST
DURHAM STREET WEST
WYNDHAM STREET
BORED PILES
REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING No. CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - EASTERN ENTRANCE
FUTURE WELLESLEY STREET WEST ENTRANCE
C2 WORKS
MAY O
ALBERT STREET
RAL
DRIV
E
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 CONSTRUCTION - SOUTHERN SECTION
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 CONSTRUCTION -NORTHERN SECTION
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - WESTERN ENTRANCE
KINGSTON STREET
NOTES: 1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 3. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 4. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 5. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT__00_LKA_SKE_000115
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-12-20) Last Plotted: 2019-12-20 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000115
D WALL
BORED PILES
FUTURE KINGSTON STREET PLENUM
MYERS STREET
SITE COMPOUND BLUESTONE WALL (NOT PART OF AOTEA MAIN WORKS CEMP)
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS STAGE 1 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000115
REVISION
A
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE (ACZ)
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA (CSA)
D - WALL
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VICTORIA STREET WEST
DURHAM STREET WEST
WYNDHAM STREET
BORED PILES
REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING No. CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - EASTERN ENTRANCE
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-12-20) Last Plotted: 2019-12-20 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000116
D WALL
BORED PILES
FUTURE WELLESLEY STREET WEST ENTRANCE
C2 WORKS
MAY O
ALBERT STREET
RAL
DRIV E
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 CONSTRUCTION - SOUTHERN SECTION
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 CONSTRUCTION -NORTHERN SECTION
FUTURE KINGSTON STREET PLENUM
MYERS STREET
SITE COMPOUND BLUESTONE WALL (NOT PART OF AOTEA MAIN WORKS CEMP)
KINGSTON STREET
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - WESTERN ENTRANCE
NOTES: 1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 3. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 4. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 5. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_142_00_LKA_SKE_000116
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS STAGE 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000116
REVISION
A
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE (ACZ)
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA (CSA)
D - WALL
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VICTORIA STREET WEST
DURHAM STREET WEST
WYNDHAM STREET
BORED PILES
REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING No. CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - EASTERN ENTRANCE
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-12-20) Last Plotted: 2019-12-20 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000118
D WALL
BORED PILES
FUTURE WELLESLEY STREET WEST ENTRANCE
ALBERT STREET
C2 WORKS
MAY O
RAL
DRIV
E
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION - SOUTHERN SECTION
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION -NORTHERN SECTION
FUTURE KINGSTON STREET PLENUM
MYERS STREET
SITE COMPOUND BLUESTONE WALL (NOT PART OF AOTEA MAIN WORKS CEMP)
KINGSTON STREET
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - WESTERN ENTRANCE
NOTES: 1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 3. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 4. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 5. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_142_00_LKA_SKE_000118
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS STAGE 3 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000118
REVISION
A
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE (ACZ)
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA (CSA)
D - WALL
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VICTORIA STREET WEST
DURHAM STREET WEST
WYNDHAM STREET
BORED PILES
REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING No. CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - EASTERN ENTRANCE
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-12-20) Last Plotted: 2019-12-20 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000119
D WALL
BORED PILES
C2 WORKS
MYERS STREET
SITE COMPOUND BLUESTONE WALL (NOT PART OF AOTEA MAIN WORKS CEMP)
FUTURE WELLESLEY STREET WEST ENTRANCE
MAY ORA L DR
ALBERT STREET
IVE
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION
PHASE 3 / PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION - NORTHERN SECTION
FUTURE KINGSTON STREET PLENUM
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION - SOUTHERN SECTION
KINGSTON STREET
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - WESTERN ENTRANCE
NOTES: 1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 3. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 4. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 5. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_142_00_LKA_SKE_000119
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS STAGE 4 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000119
REVISION
A
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
N
TN
ACTIVE CONSTRUCTION ZONE (ACZ)
DESIGNATION BOUNDARY
CONSTRUCTION SUPPORT AREA (CSA)
D - WALL
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VICTORIA STREET WEST
DURHAM STREET WEST
WYNDHAM STREET
BORED PILES
REFER TO LAYOUT DRAWING No. CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000114
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - EASTERN ENTRANCE
FUTURE WELLESLEY STREET WEST ENTRANCE
MAY
ALBERT STREET
ORA
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION -NORTHERN SECTION
FUTURE KINGSTON STREET PLENUM
L DR
IVE
PHASE 4 / PHASE 5 CONSTRUCTION - SOUTHERN SECTION
FUTURE VICTORIA STREET WEST - WESTERN ENTRANCE
KINGSTON STREET
NOTES: 1. INTERIM STAGES MAY BE REQUIRED WITHIN AOTEA MAIN WORKS TO COMPLETE CERTAIN AREAS. 2. PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICLE ACCESS MAINTAINED TO PROPERTIES AT ALL TIMES. 3. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND WILL BE CONFIRMED AS PER THE TAP DWP. 4. TMP'S TO BE DEVELOPED DURING DETAILED DESIGN. 5. ALL VEHICLE ENTRY AND EXIT POINT TO THE WORKS AREA SHOULD BE STABILISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_142_00_LKA_SKE_000120
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
C. SMITH DRAWN
C. SECRETIN
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-12-20) Last Plotted: 2019-12-20 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000120
D WALL
BORED PILES
C2 WORKS
MYERS STREET
SITE COMPOUND BLUESTONE WALL (NOT PART OF AOTEA MAIN WORKS CEMP)
FOR CONSENTING PURPOSES DESCRIPTION
C. SECRETIN
9/12/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SMITH
9/12/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
CONSTRUCTION & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AOTEA MAIN WORKS STAGE 5 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000120
REVISION
A
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix E: Construction Environmental Management Plan
Page 39
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
Aotea Main Construction Works Outline Plan
Appendix F: Aotea Station Indicative Drawings
Page 40
| Aotea Station Main Construction Works
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DURHAM STREET WEST
1
F B
B
ALBERT STREET G
KINGSTON STREET
1 SKE-703037
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:13:57 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
C
2 SKE-703080
H
ALBERT ST GROUND LEVEL PLAN Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION GROUND LEVEL PLAN - PART 1
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-701000 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
10
11
3 SKE-703010
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
A
4.77°
4.77°
4.77°
A
14
D 1 SKE-703083
1 SKE-703045
F B
B
ALBERT STREET G
VICTORIA STREET
1 SKE-703038
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:03 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
1 SKE-703050
C
J
VICTORIA ST GROUND LEVEL PLAN Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION GROUND LEVEL PLAN - PART 2
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-701001 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
ROOM SCHEDULE - L0 WSTE
N
NUMBER
NAME
ROOM SCHEDULE - L0 WSTW
COMMENTS
23
24
25
26
27
28
PROJEC T AREA
AREA
Z18 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A00 P CON PAID AREA A10 U CON UNPAID AREA A11 U CON UNPAID AREA A41 RETAIL WC RETAIL TOILET A50-FOH (RETAIL) A50 RETAIL RETAIL A51 RETAIL RETAIL B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) B00 TKT OFF TICKET OFFICE B06 CASH COUNT CASH COUNTING ROOM B18 TKT/ATM TICKET VENDING MACHINE AND ATM ROOM B25 STAFF WC STAFF TOILET B48 POLICE POLICE ROOM CIRCULATION S62 SERV COR B BOH CIRCULATION V03.L0 LIFT PUBLIC LIFT PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) E63 DB DISTRIBUTION BOARD E80.L0 HV A1 HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A F36 FH FIRE HYDRANT M60.L0 PRESS RSR STAIR PRESSURISATION FAN ROOM M80.L0 HVAC RSR HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING RISER
A
8.36 m²
NUMBER NAME CIRCULATION F61 FI COR F72 FI LOBBY F78 EVAC STAIR F83.L0 FI STAIR F84.L0 FI STAIR F86.L0 FI LIFT F96.L0 EVAC STAIR S25 SERV COR S42 SERV COR A PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) C80.L0 COMS RSR A1 C90.L0 COMS RSR B1 E67 FIRE INLET E84.L0 HV B1 E90.L0 LV A1 E95.L0 LV B1 F00 SCR/FCR F50.L0 FIRE/HYD F80.L0 FI RSR F81.L0 FI RSR T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T30.L0 TV SHAFT T80.L0 OTE SHAFT
C3
215.64 m² 163.12 m² 0.00 m² 3.28 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3
30.42 m² 35.75 m²
C3 C3
22.19 m² 8.97 m² 16.54 m² 3.04 m² 16.97 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
8.00 m² 9.10 m²
C3 C3
4.09 m² 1.00 m² 0.95 m² 3.00 m² 22.33 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
29
30
31
AREA
PROJEC T AREA
FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY EVACUATION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT EVACUATION STAIR BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION
33.25 m² 11.37 m² 9.91 m² 13.80 m² 17.42 m² 8.43 m² 19.18 m² 35.84 m² 8.00 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER B DISTRIBUTION BOARD HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B STATION COMBINED FIRE & CONTROL ROOM FIRE AND HYDRAULICS RISER CLOSET PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER
2.29 m² 2.26 m² 6.10 m² 1.00 m² 3.90 m² 3.90 m² 34.78 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C7 C3 C3 C3
TUNNEL VENTILATION SHAFT OVER TRACK EXHAUST
19.69 m² 12.58 m²
C3 C3
C3 C3
A
32
A50
A
A41 10615
A10
E63
B18
M80.L0
B25
A51
F36
F81.L0
B
B06 CL
B00 E84.L0
B48
F80.L0
C90.L0 12000
A00 10500
WELLESLEY STREET W
COMMENTS
2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
B
6
F84.L0 E95.L0 E90.L0
F00
3082
B
F72
E80.L0 F86.L0 F50.L0
C
C80.L0 T80.L0 F96.L0 F78 E67
F83.L0
V03.L0
T30.L0
E
F
ALBERT STREET
C
MAYORAL DRIVE
C
G
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:08 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
1 SKE-703039
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE D
WELLESLEY ST BUILDING GROUND LEVEL PLAN
AOTEA STATION GROUND LEVEL PLAN - PART 3
Scale: 1 : 250
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-702000 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
ROOM SCHEDULE - L1 WST
ROOM SCHEDULE - L2 WST
N NUMBER NAME B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) B43 OFFICE CIRCULATION F73 FI LOBBY F84.L1 FI STAIR F86.L1 FI LIFT S26 SERV COR S43 SERV COR A S63 SERV COR B PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) C02 CER 2 C80.L1 COMS RSR A1 C90.L1 COMS RSR B1 E64 DB E66 DB E80.L1 HV A1 E84.L1 HV B1 E90.L1 LV A1 E95.L1 LV B1 F10 FIRE BSTR F37 FH F41 GAS SUPP F50.L1 FIRE/HYD F80.L1 FI RSR F81.L1 FI RSR M07 PRESS FRM M22 CCU M80.L1 HVAC RSR T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T30.L1 TV SHAFT T80.L1 OTE SHAFT
A
5
COMMENTS
AREA
PROJEC T AREA
OFFICE
39.18 m²
FM
FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION
11.37 m² 17.42 m² 8.43 m² 74.16 m² 16.59 m² 13.67 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER B DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B FIRE BOOSTER FIRE HYDRANT GAS SUPPRESSION ROOM FIRE AND HYDRAULICS RISER CLOSET PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION FAN ROOM FAN COIL UNIT HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING RISER
32.65 m² 2.80 m² 2.80 m² 2.37 m² 2.37 m² 1.00 m² 1.00 m² 3.90 m² 3.90 m² 29.94 m² 2.44 m² 12.25 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 52.04 m² 3.00 m² 22.33 m²
C7 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
TUNNEL VENTILATION SHAFT OVER TRACK EXHAUST
19.69 m² 12.58 m²
C3 C3
NUMBER
NAME
6
ROOM SCHEDULE - L2 WST
COMMENTS
AREA
Z04 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z05 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z07 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z08 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z13 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) D20 FM WRKSP FM WORKSHOP D53 FM STR FM STORE ROOM D70 BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ROOM CIRCULATION F74 FI LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY F84.L2 FI STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR F86.L2 FI LIFT FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT S27 SERV COR BOH CIRCULATION S44 SERV COR A BOH CIRCULATION S64 SERV COR B BOH CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) C80.L2 COMS RSR COMMUNICATIONS RISER A A1 C90.L2 COMS RSR COMMUNICATIONS RISER B B1 E00 HV RM A1 HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM A E04 HV RM B1 HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM B
PROJEC T AREA
36.31 m² 21.59 m² 11.56 m² 7.47 m² 8.79 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
25.55 m² 37.10 m² 17.06 m²
FM FM C3
11.37 m² 17.42 m² 8.43 m² 195.03 m² 8.40 m² 8.40 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
2.80 m²
C3
2.90 m²
C3
20.27 m² 10.94 m²
C3 C3
NUMBER E10
NAME TX A1
E14
TX B1
E20 E24 E32 E38 E65 E80.L2 E84.L2 E90.L2 E95.L2 F50.L2 F80.L2 F81.L2 M80.L2
LVSR A1 LVSR B1 UPS CEB UPS CRC DB HV A1 HV B1 LV A1 LV B1 FIRE/HYD FI RSR FI RSR HVAC RSR
COMMENTS HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM A TRANSFORMER ROOM A HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM B TRANSFORMER ROOM B LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHROOM A1 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHROOM B1 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ROOM UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ROOM DISTRIBUTION BOARD HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B FIRE AND HYDRAULICS RISER CLOSET PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING RISER
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T00 TV FAN T20 TV PLENUM T21 TV PLENUM T30.L2 TV SHAFT T80.L2 OTE SHAFT
TUNNEL VENTILATION FAN ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION SHAFT OVER TRACK EXHAUST
AREA 19.40 m²
PROJEC T AREA C3
17.50 m²
C3
41.04 m² 32.00 m² 21.87 m² 20.75 m² 4.55 m² 1.00 m² 1.00 m² 3.90 m² 3.90 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 36.84 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
186.44 m² 44.48 m² 33.00 m² 19.69 m² 12.58 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
A
B
B 2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
29
30
31
29
C90.L1
M22
F37 S26
F80.L1
E95.L1 E90.L1
B
A50-FOH (RETAIL)
UP
E38 UPS CRC Z08 AVAILABLE D20 FM WRKSP
E00 HV RM A1
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) F73
F86.L1
E10 TX A1
CIRCULATION
C
C80.L1
PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS
T80.L1
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:13 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
D53 FM STR
E80.L1
F10
E04 D70 HV RM B1BMS M80.L2 HVAC RSR
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE)
E64 E66
E14 TX B1
32
A
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND
F81.L1
E84.L1
C
E32 Z05 UPS CEBAVAILABLE
31
A M80.L1
C02
30
Z04 AVAILABLE
F41
B43
2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
32
T20 TV PLENUM
S27 SERV COR
Z07 E65 E24 AVAILABLE DB LVSR B1 E84.L2 HV B1 C90.L2 COMS E95.L2RSR B1 E90.L2 LV B1 LV A1
E20 Z13 LVSR A1 E80.L2 AVAILABLE HV A1 C80.L2 COMS T00 RSR A1 TV FAN
M07 T30.L1
C7 HATCH OVER
F81.L2 FI RSR
UP F74 FI LOBBY F86.L2 FI LIFT T80.L2 OTE SHAFT
F84.L2 FI STAIR F80.L2 FI RSR
B
F50.L2 FIRE/HYD
C
C
T30.L2 T21 TV SHAFT TV PLENUM
E
E
F
F NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
L1 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING
L2 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING
Scale: 1 : 250
Scale: 1 : 250
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE D AOTEA STATION L1 & L2 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING FLOOR PLANS
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-702002 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
6
ROOM SCHEDULE - L3 WST
N NUMBER
NAME
Z15 AVAILABLE CIRCULATION F75 FI LOBBY F84.L3 FI STAIR F86.L3 FI LIFT S28 SERV COR PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) C80.L3 COMS RSR A1 C90.L3 COMS RSR B1 E90.L3 LV A1 E95.L3 LV B1 F50.L3 FIRE/HYD F80.L3 FI RSR F81.L3 FI RSR M00 AHU PLT M08 PRESS FRM M30 CHILLER M35 CHILLER MCR M51 HVAC MCR M80.L3 HVAC RSR T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T01 TV FAN T05 TV FCR 1 T10 TV MCR 1 T11 TV MCR 2 T22 TV PLENUM T23 TV PLENUM T30.L3 TV SHAFT T80.L3 OTE SHAFT
A
AREA
PROJEC T AREA
AVAILABLE ROOM
27.40 m²
C3
FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT BOH CIRCULATION
11.37 m² 17.42 m² 8.43 m² 99.12 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3
COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B FIRE AND HYDRAULICS RISER CLOSET PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER AIR HANDLING UNIT PLANT AREA PRESSURISATION FAN ROOM CHILLER PLANT ROOM CHILLER Control room HVAC MOTOR CONTROL ROOM HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING RISER
2.80 m² 2.74 m² 3.90 m² 3.90 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 44.52 m² 169.71 m² 143.78 m² 23.27 m² 9.18 m² 36.84 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
TUNNEL VENTILATION FAN ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION FAN CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION MOTOR CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION MOTOR CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION SHAFT OVER TRACK EXHAUST
187.50 m² 30.75 m² 15.57 m² 15.57 m² 44.72 m² 33.21 m² 19.69 m² 12.58 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
A
2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010 2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
29
COMMENTS
30
31
32 29
30
31
32
B
B
M30
M35
A
M80.L3
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND A A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE)
M08
F81.L3
A50-FOH (RETAIL)
F84.L3
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM)
C90.L3
F80.L3
Z15
B
PLANTROOMS (SERVICES)
M00 E95.L3 E90.L3
M51
T10
F75
ACCESS HATCH
F50.L3
R00-RAIL SYSTEMS
T05
T11
F86.L3 T22
B
CIRCULATION
T01
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS
C
C C7 HATCH OVER
C80.L3 T80.L3 T23 T30.L3
E
E
C
C
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:18 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
F
F
L3 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING
L4 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING
Scale: 1 : 250
Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE D AOTEA STATION L3 & L4 WELLESLEY ST BUILDING FLOOR PLANS
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-702003 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
ROOM SCHEDULE - B1 CONCOURSE-1
ROOM SCHEDULE - B1 CONCOURSE-1
N NUMBER NAME COMMENTS A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A01 P CON PAID AREA A12 U CON UNPAID AREA A30 ACC WC ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC TOILET A31 ACC WC ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC TOILET A33 F WC FEMALE PUBLIC TOILET A37 M WC MALE PUBLIC TOILET A88 ESC STR ESCALATOR STORE ROOM A99 EFTW EXCESS FARE TICKET OFFICE A50-FOH (RETAIL) A52 RETAIL RETAIL B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) B01 TKT OFF TICKET OFFICE B07 CASH COUNT CASH COUNTING ROOM B08 1ST AID FIRST AID B19 TKT/ATM TICKET VENDING MACHINE AND ATM ROOM B20 STAFF ACC ACCESSIBLE STAFF TOILET WC B22 STAFF F WC FEMALE STAFF TOILET B23 STAFF M WC MALE STAFF TOILET B24 STAFF WC STAFF TOILET B26 STAFF M SH MALE STAFF SHOWER B27 STAFF F SH FEMALE STAFF SHOWER B28 STAFF MESS STAFF MESS ROOM B29 STAFF MESS STAFF MESS ROOM D50 ICT STR ICT STR (D50-D53) D60 EQ STR STORAGE EQUIPMENT D62 CLNR STR CLEANERS STORE ROOM D64 CLNR STR CLEANERS STORE ROOM PLANTROOMS (SERVICES)
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
PROJEC T AREA
AREA 2417.62 m² 514.16 m² 5.50 m² 5.20 m² 27.93 m² 28.45 m² 31.05 m² 6.30 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C7 C3
29.70 m²
C3
34.63 m² 3.91 m² 19.28 m² 12.11 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3
5.54 m²
C3
12.70 m² 12.70 m² 4.50 m² 3.34 m² 3.64 m² 20.74 m² 6.30 m² 23.45 m² 58.44 m² 27.52 m² 12.65 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 FM FM FM FM
9
10
NUMBER C00 C12 C13 C14 C80.B1 C81.B1 C90.B1 C91.B1 E01 E05 E12
NAME CER 1 COMS NODE COMS NODE COMS NODE COMS RSR A1 COMS RSR A2 COMS RSR B1 COMS RSR B2 HV RM A2 HV RM B2 TX A2
E16
TX B2
E22 E26 E28 E29 E30
LVSR A2 LVSR B2 SPR A SPR B UPS CEA
E34
UPS CLA
E36
UPS CLB
E58 E59 E60 E61 E62 E68 E80.B1 E82.B1 E84.B1 E86.B1 E90.B1 E92.B1 E95.B1 E96.B1
DB DB DB DB DB FOUL SUMP HV A1 HV A2 HV B1 HV B2 LV A1 LV A2 LV B1 LV B2
COMMENTS COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM COMMUNICATIONS NODE COMMUNICATIONS NODE COMMUNICATIONS NODE COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER B COMMUNICATIONS RISER B HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM A HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM B HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM A TRANSFORMER ROOM A HIGH VOLTAGE ROOM B TRANSFORMER ROOM B LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHROOM A1 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHROOM B1 SWITCH PANEL ROOM SWITCH PANEL ROOM UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ROOM UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ROOM UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY ROOM DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD FOUL SUMP HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B
AREA 36.86 m² 4.40 m² 4.12 m² 3.81 m² 2.80 m² 2.00 m² 2.80 m² 2.00 m² 10.40 m² 18.38 m² 23.99 m²
PROJEC T AREA C7 C7 C7 C7 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
18.38 m²
C3
36.91 m² 36.75 m² 12.10 m² 13.78 m² 24.27 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
29.13 m²
C3
29.13 m²
C3
2.58 m² 2.58 m² 2.20 m² 2.60 m² 2.60 m² 4.90 m² 1.00 m² 1.00 m² 1.00 m² 1.00 m² 3.90 m² 2.52 m² 3.90 m² 2.59 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
B
A
B
F VECTOR SUBSTATION
T24
DN
T06
T12 T12
UP
T02 UP
T25
G T13
E29
1 SKE-703037
C
C
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE)
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:25 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
A50-FOH (RETAIL) B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION 2 SKE-703080
PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS C7 HATCH OVER
H
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
B1 CONCOURSE PART 1
D
Scale: 1 : 250
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B1 (CONCOURSE)PART 1 ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703001 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
ROOM SCHEDULE - B1 CONCOURSE-2
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
NUMBER Z06 Z09 Z10 Z11 Z12 Z16 CIRCULATION F60 F71 F77 F83.B1 F84.B1 F85.B1 F86.B1 F87.B1 F90 F95 F96.B1 F97.B1 F98.B1 F99.B1 S21 S23 S24 S41 S61 V00.B1 V01.B1 V02.B1 V03.B1
A
10
11 3 SKE-703010
13
14
ROOM SCHEDULE - B1 CONCOURSE-2
COMMENTS
PROJEC T AREA
AREA
AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE AVAILABLE
AVAILABLE ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM AVAILABLE ROOM
9.56 m² 32.52 m² 10.41 m² 34.25 m² 9.36 m² 12.96 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
FI COR FI LOBBY FI LOBBY FI STAIR FI STAIR FI STAIR FI LIFT FI LIFT EVAC/FI COR EVAC COR EVAC STAIR EVAC STAIR EVAC STAIR EVAC STAIR SERV COR SERV COR SERV COR SERV COR A SERV COR B LIFT LIFT LIFT LIFT
FIRE INTERVENTION CORRIDOR FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT EVACUATION & FIRE INTERVENTION CORRIDOR EVACUATION CORRIDOR EVACUATION STAIR EVACUATION STAIR EVACUATION STAIR EVACUATION STAIR BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION BOH CIRCULATION PUBLIC LIFT PUBLIC LIFT PUBLIC LIFT PUBLIC LIFT
39.23 m² 11.40 m² 9.50 m² 24.07 m² 17.48 m² 10.80 m² 8.46 m² 8.19 m² 91.53 m² 102.93 m² 25.17 m² 18.66 m² 11.22 m² 19.15 m² 155.65 m² 112.56 m² 49.55 m² 13.57 m² 13.70 m² 10.53 m² 9.69 m² 9.69 m² 8.51 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
1:12
1:12
12
NAME
B24
16
17
18
19
20
NUMBER NAME PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) F28 FH F29 FH F30 FH F31 FH F32 FH F33 FH F34 FH F35 FH F50.B1 FIRE/HYD F80.B1 FI RSR F81.B1 FI RSR H20 SERV ACC H80.B1 HYD RSR M06 PRESS FRM M21 CCU M60.B1 PRESS RSR M61.B1 PRESS RSR M62.B1 PRESS RSR M80.B1 HVAC RSR M90 MECH RSR M91.B1 MECH RSR R00-RAIL SYSTEMS R20 RBN T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T02 TV FAN T06 TV FCR 2 T12 TV MCR 3 T13 TV MCR 4 T24 TV PLENUM T25 TV PLENUM T26 TV PLENUM T27 TV PLENUM T30.B1 TV SHAFT T75 OCE SHAFT T80.B1 OTE SHAFT T97 OTE DUCT
COMMENTS
AREA
PROJEC T AREA
FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE AND HYDRAULICS RISER CLOSET PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER HAYDRAULIC ACCESS ROOM HYDRAULICS RISER PRESSURISATION FAN ROOM FAN COIL UNIT STAIR PRESSURISATION FAN ROOM PRESSURISATION RISER PRESSURISATION RISER HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING RISER MEP RISER MEP RISER
2.65 m² 1.65 m² 2.58 m² 1.11 m² 0.75 m² 1.02 m² 0.79 m² 0.79 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 3.00 m² 7.29 m² 1.00 m² 84.25 m² 3.00 m² 3.48 m² 6.42 m² 3.99 m² 21.67 m² 9.16 m² 3.00 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
RADIO BEARER NETWORK ROOM
16.50 m²
C7
TUNNEL VENTILATION FAN ROOM 3 TUNNEL VENTILATION FAN CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION MOTOR CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION MOTOR CONTROL ROOM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION PLENUM TUNNEL VENTILATION SHAFT OCE SHAFT OVER TRACK EXHAUST OTE DUCT (NEW)
262.31 m² 18.79 m² 18.87 m² 13.78 m² 34.12 m² 33.64 m² 17.54 m² 17.86 m² 18.72 m² 11.09 m² 12.62 m² 151.92 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
A
1:12
15
6
E68
B
B
D
H20
21 1 SKE-703083
B29
22
1 SKE-703045
STATION CLOSURE C14
C81.B1 B01 F29 E82.B1
F F95
E22
M91.B1
E16
E26
1 SKE-703038
E96.B1E92.B1
E01 S23
E86.B1
B19
C12
E62
E28
E61
E12
H80.B1
A99
B07
D64
A01 A12
F98.B1
UP
T75
UP
V01.B1
V02.B1
G
F99.B1 M62.B1 M06
A52 F35
C91.B1
F34
E05
C
C
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND
F31
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:34 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A50-FOH (RETAIL) A88
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION
1 SKE-703050
PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMSREGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT C7 HATCH OVER VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY
Z06 V00.B1
WORK IN PROGRESS J D
B1 CONCOURSE PART 2 Scale: 1 : 250
SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B1 (CONCOURSE)PART 2 ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703002 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND
32
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A50-FOH (RETAIL) E34
E36
CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS M21 Z09
B28
B
E58 E59
F80.B1
E95.B1 E90.B1
F71 C80.B1 F86.B1
F30
F50.B1
E80.B1
Z11
A30
V03.B1
B08
Z12
C
F60 M60.B1
T80.B1
F83.B1
Z16
T30.B1
F96.B1 C13
B
UP
S41
D50
A31
F81.B1
F84.B1
S61
C00
C7 HATCH OVER
M80.B1
F28
E60
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS
B20
E84.B1 C90.B1
S21
B
B23
B27
E30
B22
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM)
B26
A
UP UP
A33
E
UP
F90 3149.849
A37
T97
F D62
F85.B1 M90
M61.B1 F87.B1
G
S24
1 SKE-703039
C
F97.B1
F77
A01
F32
D60
C
R20
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:41 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
F33
B1 CONCOURSE PART 3 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B1 (CONCOURSE)PART 3
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703003 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
ROOM SCHEDULE - B3 PLATFORM
ROOM SCHEDULE - B3 PLATFORM
N NUMBER
NAME
COMMENTS
AREA
Z00 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z01 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z02 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z03 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM Z20 AVAILABLE AVAILABLE ROOM A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A21 PLATFORM PLATFORM A22 PLATFORM PLATFORM B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) D61 CLNR STR CLEANERS STORE ROOM D63 CLNR STR CLEANERS STORE ROOM D75 REFUGE RM REFUGE ROOM D77 REFUGE RM REFUGE ROOM D78 REFUGE RM REFUGE ROOM D80 PLAT STR PLATFORM STORE ROOM D81 PLAT STR PLATFORM STORE ROOM D85 TRACK STR TRACK STORE ROOM CIRCULATION F76 FI LOBBY FIRE INTERVENTION LOBBY F85.B2 FI STAIR FIRE INTERVENTION STAIR F87.B2 FI LIFT FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT F88 FI LIFT PIT FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT PIT F98.B2 EVAC STAIR EVACUATION STAIR F99.B2 EVAC STAIR EVACUATION STAIR V01.B2 LIFT PUBLIC LIFT V02.B2 LIFT PUBLIC LIFT PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) C10 COMS NODE COMMUNICATIONS NODE C11 COMS NODE COMMUNICATIONS NODE C20 COMS SPLC COMMUNICATIONS SPLICE
A
6
PROJEC T AREA
5.39 m² 6.27 m² 4.29 m² 5.27 m² 6.27 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
1900.26 m² 234.21 m²
C3 C3
4.00 m² 4.00 m² 8.54 m² 4.63 m² 6.45 m² 3.60 m² 6.52 m² 6.64 m²
FM FM C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
9.51 m² 36.91 m² 7.81 m² 8.40 m² 10.16 m² 25.81 m² 9.69 m² 9.69 m²
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
12.61 m² 12.20 m² 8.00 m²
C7 C7 C7
NUMBER NAME C21 COMS SPLC C22 COMS SPLC C23 COMS SPLC C81.B2 COMS RSR A2 C91.B2 COMS RSR B2 E41 TUNNEL LVSR E50 DB E51 DB E52 DB E53 DB E54 DB E55 DB E92.B2 LV A2 E96.B2 LV B2 F20 FH F21 FH F22 FH F23 FH F24 FH H01 SUMP H03 SUMP PIT H07 SUMP CTRL H13 F SUMP PIT M62.B2 PRESS RSR M91.B2 MECH RSR R00-RAIL SYSTEMS R01 OHLE R30 PSD R31
PSD
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T82.B2 OTE SHAFT T93 OTE DUCT
COMMENTS COMMUNICATIONS SPLICE COMMUNICATIONS SPLICE COMMUNICATIONS SPLICE COMMUNICATIONS RISER A COMMUNICATIONS RISER B TUNNEL LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHROOM DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD DISTRIBUTION BOARD LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER A LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL RISER B FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT SUMP SUMP PIT SUMP CONTROL ROOM FOUL SUMP PIT PRESSURISATION RISER MEP RISER
AREA 8.00 m² 15.59 m² 14.65 m² 2.00 m² 2.00 m² 28.45 m² 2.04 m² 1.65 m² 1.65 m² 1.70 m² 1.29 m² 1.29 m² 2.53 m² 2.51 m² 1.01 m² 1.23 m² 1.23 m² 1.25 m² 1.87 m² 6.39 m² 12.00 m² 10.01 m² 7.50 m² 3.94 m² 3.00 m²
PROJEC T AREA C7 C7 C7 C3 C3 C7 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
OHLE SECTIONING SWITCHROOM PLATFORM SCREEN DOOR EQUIPMENT ROOM PLATFORM SCREEN DOOR EQUIPMENT ROOM
27.29 m² 15.97 m²
C7 C7
16.17 m²
C7
OVER TRACK EXHAUST OTE DUCT (NEW)
17.44 m² 101.45 m²
C3 C3
B
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
F E82.B2 C81.B2 E92.B2
H07
C23
C22
D85 E41
UP
M91.B2
H01
R01 D81
UP
G M62.B2 E96.B2
1 SKE-703037
E86.B2
H80.B2 C91.B2
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:49 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
C
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE)
B3 PLATFORM PART 1
A50-FOH (RETAIL)
Scale: 1 : 250
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY
T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS C7 HATCH OVER
WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B3 (PLATFORM)PART 1
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703004 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
3 SKE-703010
A
10
11
12
13
14
A
15
16
17
18
19
1 SKE-703083
20
21
22
1 SKE-703045
F E82.B2 C81.B2
B
B
E92.B2
D81
UP
R31 M62.B2
F24 E55 E54
D63
C11
A21
F22 E52
R01
F23 E53
UP
M91.B2
D85 E41
Z20
V01.B2
V02.B2
G
E96.B2
1 SKE-703038
E86.B2
H80.B2 C91.B2
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND
C
C
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A50-FOH (RETAIL)
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:14:59 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES)
V10
R00-RAIL SYSTEMS T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS C7 HATCH OVER
B3 PLATFORM PART 2 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B3 (PLATFORM)PART 2
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703005 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND
32
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A50-FOH (RETAIL) 2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES)
A H00
H10
H06
M80.B2
R00-RAIL SYSTEMS T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS
F81.B2
H16
C7 HATCH OVER
E84.B2 Z17 F84.B2
F25
B
B B
C90.B2 E56 E57
UP
E90.B2 E90.B2
F80.B2 F70
C80.B2
R10
M20
F26
F50.B2
E80.B2 F86.B2
C
T80.B2
R00 E40 F40
E
F27
D40
F UP
1800
F21
C10 A21
R30
4050
1 SKE-703039
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:15:08 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
M61.B2 C21
D61 2000
4000
E51
4000
Z01
F20 E50
D80
C20
2000
F87.B2
T82.B2
G
UP
C
B3 PLATFORM PART 3 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B3 (PLATFORM)PART 3
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703006 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
6
ROOM SCHEDULE - B3 UNDER PLATFORM
N NUMBER NAME CIRCULATION F89 FI LIFT PIT V10 LIFT PIT
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
COMMENTS
AREA
FIRE INTERVENTION LIFT PIT LIFT PIT
PROJEC T AREA C3 C3
LIFT PIT LIFT PIT ESCALATOR PIT ESCALATOR PIT ESCALATOR PIT ESCALATOR PIT
7.81 m² Not Enclosed 14.47 m² 14.73 m² 22.89 m² 26.34 m² 24.84 m² 22.49 m²
V11 LIFT PIT V12 LIFT PIT V31 ESC PIT V32 ESC PIT V33 ESC PIT V34 ESC PIT PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) H04 SUMP PIT T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS T82.B3 OTE SHAFT
SUMP PIT
13.90 m²
C3
OVER TRACK EXHAUST
C3
T83.B3
OVER TRACK EXHAUST
Not Enclosed 17.20 m²
OTE SHAFT
C3 C3 C3 C3 C3 C3
A
C3
10
F
B
B
H04 SUMP PIT
G UP
1 SKE-703037
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:15:13 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
C
B4 UNDERPLATFORM PART 1
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
Scale: 1 : 250
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B4 (UNDERPLATFORM)- PART 1
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703007 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
3 SKE-703010
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1 SKE-703083
18
19
20
21
22
1 SKE-703045
F V34 ESC PIT
V33 ESC PIT
V32 ESC PIT
V12 LIFT PIT
B V11 LIFT PIT
B
G
1 SKE-703038
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE) A50-FOH (RETAIL) B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM) CIRCULATION PLANTROOMS (SERVICES) R00-RAIL SYSTEMS T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS
C
C
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:15:18 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C7 HATCH OVER
B4 UNDERPLATFORM PART 2 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B4 (UNDERPLATFORM)- PART 2
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703008 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
2 SKE-703010
1 SKE-703010
A
H03 SUMP PIT H13 F SUMP PIT
B
B
B F88 FI LIFT PIT
C
ROOM COLOUR LEGEND T93 OTE DUCT
A00-FOH (FRONT OF HOUSE)
E
A50-FOH (RETAIL) B00-BOH (BACK OF HOUSE & FM)
F
PLANTROOMS (SERVICES)
UP
V31 ESC PIT
CIRCULATION
R00-RAIL SYSTEMS T00-TUNNEL VENT SYSTEMS F89 FI LIFT PIT
G
C7 HATCH OVER
UP
1 SKE-703039
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:15:22 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
C
B4 UNDERPLATFORM PART 3 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION FLOORPLAN B4 (UNDERPLATFORM)- PART 3
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703009 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
1 SKE-703039
A
B
C
E
F
1 SKE-703039
G
A
6
A
B
C
E
F
G
ROOF WST 44050
L3 WST 39050
L3 WST 39050
L2 WST 34050
L2 WST 34050
L1 WST 29050 L0 VST 26850
L1 WST 29050 L0 VST 26850
L0 WSTW 23890
L0 WSTW 23890 L0 WSTE 22250
L0 WSTE 22250
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
B
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
STATION CROSS SECTION 1
STATION CROSS SECTION 2
Scale: 1 : 250
Scale: 1 : 250
1 SKE-703038
D
F
G
A
ROOF WST 44050
B
1 SKE-703050
J
L1 WST 29050 L0 VST 26850 L0 WSTW 23890 L0 WSTE 22250
C
C
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:15:56 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
STATION CROSS SECTION 3 Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION STATION CROSS-SECTIONS
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703010 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
N
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B
B
L0 VST 26850 L0 WSTW 23890 L0 WSTE 22250
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
DATUM -11.408
DATUM 0
STATION SECTION - NORTH
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:16:09 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
C
C
Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION STATION LONG SECTION FACING EAST PART 1
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703037 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
3 SKE-703010
10
1 SKE-703083
1 SKE-703045
11 12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
B
B
L0 VST 26850 L0 WSTW 23890 L0 WSTE 22250 B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
DATUM 0
C
C
STATION SECTION - CENTRAL
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:16:19 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION STATION LONG SECTION FACING EAST PART 2
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703038 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
A
A
1 SKE-703010
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2 SKE-703010
30
31
32
ROOF WST 44050
L3 WST 39050
B
B
L2 WST 34050
L1 WST 29050 L0 VST 26850 L0 WSTW 23890 L0 WSTE 22250 B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B3 PLATFORM 9844 B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
C
DATUM -11.408
C
DATUM 0
STATION SECTION - SOUTH END Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:16:28 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
Scale: 1 : 250
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION STATION LONG SECTION FACING EAST PART 3
D
ISSUE DATE
SCALE
28/11/2019
1 : 250@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703039 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
2
3
4
5
G
6
F
NOTE: PROPOSED REALIGNMENT OF PLATFORM AND TRACK IS SUBJECT TO REVIEW ALIGNMENT TEAM. LOCATION OF PERIMETER WALLS ARE SUBJECT TO FURTHER REVIEW BY CIVILS TEAM AGAINST EXISTING IN GROUND UTILITES A
A
L0 WSTW 23890
800
300
150
500
150
L0 WSTE 22250
300
OCE DUCT 21050
3669
3500
3500
3652
B
B
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
3787
3728
441
4250
OTE
1900
OTE
200 DM05-8089
1650 DM03-8542
VARIES
EQUIP. CLEARNACE ZONE
DM05-8408
1650 DM03-8542
550
VARIES
MIN 250 DM05-8408
EQUIP. CLEARNACE ZONE (MIN. 1870mm REQUIRED) 2225 MIN 250 DM05-8408
FINISHES ZONE
(MIN. 4970 REQ.) 4970 DM05-8408
DM05-8408
4420
PSD ZONE
2400
3000 2500
PSD ZONE
FINISHES ZONE
DM05-8408
B2 12244
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:16:34 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
600
(MIN. 1870mm REQ.) 2362 DM05-8048
(MIN. 2000 REQ.) 1713
CURRENT RAIL ALIGNMENT 26.11.19
MAINTENANCE ACCESS
1500
750 DM05-8408
SAFETY ZONE
(MIN. 1100 REQ.) 1560
SAFETY ZONE
TOP OF RAIL
1500
C
MAINTENANCE ACCESS
300 DM05-8408
600
(MIN. 3680 REQ.) 4387 ESCALATOR PIT
(MIN. 2000 REQ.) 1882
B3 PLATFORM 9844
B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
(MIN 1520mm REQ.)(MIN. 800 REQ.) 1676 800 DM05-8048
CURRENT RAIL ALIGNMENT 26.11.19
C
STN7-B4 UNDERPLATFORM FFL
7944
STN8-B4 OTE BELOW PLATFORM UNDERPLATFORM 6344 FFL 6124
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
D
PLATFORM SECTION - PROPOSED PLATFORM REALIGNMENT Scale: 1 : 50
AOTEA STATION PROPOSED STATIONBOX REALIGNMENT SECTION ISSUE DATE
28/11/2019
SCALE
1 : 50@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703045 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
14
13
14
13
A
A CANOPY OUTLINE FROM: CRL-SYW-SURLKA-MOD-100001EXISTING TOPO.dwg 3628
CANOPY OUTLINE FROM: CRL-SYW-SURLKA-MOD-100001EXISTING TOPO.dwg
386 (MIN. 600 REQUIRED FROM KERB EDGE)
VARIES (600-648) (MIN. 600 REQUIRED FROM KERB EDGE)
1214
640
4316
4891
CANOPY OUTLINE FROM POINT CLOUD
CANOPY OUTLINE FROM POINT CLOUD
PROPOSED KERB EDGE
2430
2870
5350
5544
PROPOSED KERB EDGE
400
FOOTPATH
VICTORIA ST
5041 (MIN. 4.5m REQUIRED FOR FOOTPATH)
400
FOOTPATH
VICTORIA ST
536 4337
0
100mm NOMINAL CLADDING ZONE
250 1650 200 1650 250 (MIN. 200 REQUIRED BETWEEN ESCALATORS) MR - DOORS CODE DM05 8089 MR - DOORS CODE DM03 8542
600
L0 VST 26850
L0 VST 26850 250
B
4000
250
B
GROUND LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
GROUND LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
DETAIL TBC 1650
?
1650
1400
L0 WSTW 23890
INSUFFICIENT SPACE FOR ESCALATOR, SPACING AND CLADDING MR - DOORS CODE 8089
3430
Boundary Line
Boundary Line
L0 WSTW 23890 2030
3637
800 400
2730
250
ESCALATORS RE-SPACED
L0 WSTE 22250
L0 WSTE 22250 190
110 800 110
190
190mm CONC. BLOCK WALL OCE DUCT 21050
OCE DUCT 21050
PROPOSED 800 D-WALL LOCATION - CENTRE LINE 700mm SHIFT SOUTH
2066
C
C
300mm BESPOKE INSTALLATION 3130
1000
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:16:52 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
2730 2330
150 AIR CAVITY 190 CONC. BLOCKWORK WALL
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
4301
800
1666
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
6836
3637
800
2330
6436
2330 (FACE OF PROPOSED D-WALL) 2066 (CENTRE LINE OF D-WALL)
6436
2730 (CENTRELINE OF PROPOSED D-WALL)
VICTORIA ST ESCALATOR EXIT 2 - CURRENT D-WALL
VICTORIA ST ESCALATOR EXIT 2 - D-WALL OPTION 2
Scale: 1 : 50
Scale: 1 : 50
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION VICTORIA ST WEST SPACEPROOFING
D
ISSUE DATE
28/11/2019
D
SCALE
1 : 50@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703050 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
2
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
3
4
5
6
6
6
A
A
PROPOSED VENT ENCLOSURE ARCHITECTURAL FINISH TBC.
CURRENT VENT ENCLOSURE
EXISTING KERB EDGE
PROPOSED KERB EDGE AS AT TENDER DESIGN
EXISTING KERB EDGE TAKEN FROM POINT CLOUD
BUILDING LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
PROPOSED KERB EDGE AS AT TENDER DESIGN
250
BUILDING LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
(MIN. 250 INSITU CONCRETE WALL + 150 FINISHES) 400
400
L0 VST 26850 KINGSTON ST
2280
781 3000 (ROAD WIDTH TAKEN FROM TENDER)
FOOTPATH
FOOTPATH (MIN. 3200 REQUIRED) 2400
5062
KINGSTON ST
FOOTPATH
(MIN. 600mm REQUIRED) 600 3000 (ROAD WIDTH TAKEN FROM TENDER)
2240
(MIN. 3200 REQUIRED) 3250
4093
3222
FOOTPATH
B
B
1200 1200
600
300
GROUND LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
743
GROUND LINE FROM POINT CLOUD
L0 WSTW 23890
5083
L0 WSTE 22250 3140
750 150
OCE DUCT 21050
6416
OCE DUCT 21050
(MIN. 3500 REQUIRED) 3550
3290
#LKA - In-Situ Concrete Wall_200mm PROPOSED PILE LOCATION
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
C
450
C
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:17:12 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
CADASTRAL BOUNDARY LINE
CADASTRAL BOUNDARY LINE
CADASTRAL BOUNDARY LINE
CADASTRAL BOUNDARY LINE 4150
150
150
TOLERANCE
524
150
150
TOLERANCE
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY
KINGSTON ST TVS VENT - CURRENT
KINGSTON ST TVS VENT - PROPOSED
Scale: 1 : 50
Scale: 1 : 50
WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE
AOTEA STATION KINGSTON ST TVS SHAFT SPACEPROOFING - SECTION
D
ISSUE DATE
28/11/2019
SCALE
1 : 50@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703080 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
D
2
3
4
5
6
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
1
G
F
L0 WSTW 23890
A
A
L0 WSTE 22250
3500 300 MAXIMUM HEADHEIGHT @ SECTION BOX 9
OCE DUCT 21050
1050
50
150
1050 1602
336
B1 CONCOURSE 17250
B
OTE 4200
150
1158
4200
150
1158
1181
506
POTENTIAL CEILING LOCATION
1906
OTE
1900
B
150
1158
150
4200
150
6003
150
150
5808
B2 12244
150
4250
3500
800
5006
5500
1414
750
B3 PLATFORM 9844 TOP OF RAIL
C
762
C
Last Saved: 03-Dec-19 3:20:57 PM Filename: BIM 360://NZ-PRO - City Rail Link (1-C1782.01)/CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-MOD-135101.rvt
B4 UNDERPLATFORM 7944
STN7-B4 UNDERPLATFORM FFL
7944
OTE BELOW PLATFORM STN8-B4 6344 UNDERPLATFORM FFL 6124
NOTE: THIS DRAWING NUMBER IS REISSUED REGULARLY FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. FOR MOST CURRENT VERSION REFER TO ISSUE DATE
COORDINATION ONLY WORK IN PROGRESS SHEET TITLE D
STATION BOX SECTION - OCE/OTE STRATEGY (DROP NEAR TICKET GATE) Scale: 1 : 50
D AOTEA STATION STATION BOX SECTION - OCE/OTE STRATEGY
ISSUE DATE
28/11/2019
SCALE
1 : 50@ A1
SHEET NUMBER
CRL-AOT-ARC-LKA-SKE-703083 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm